CN104723691B - Cartridge and printing material supply system - Google Patents
Cartridge and printing material supply system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CN104723691B CN104723691B CN201510102395.0A CN201510102395A CN104723691B CN 104723691 B CN104723691 B CN 104723691B CN 201510102395 A CN201510102395 A CN 201510102395A CN 104723691 B CN104723691 B CN 104723691B
- Authority
- CN
- China
- Prior art keywords
- box
- restricted part
- keeper
- bonding part
- terminal
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Fee Related
Links
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 390
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 title claims description 212
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 172
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 claims description 289
- 238000007641 inkjet printing Methods 0.000 claims description 89
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 claims description 58
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 claims description 34
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 claims description 34
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 abstract description 107
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 163
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 63
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 62
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 60
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 55
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 47
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 47
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 46
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 44
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 42
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 42
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 40
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 35
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 29
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 24
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 23
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 21
- 230000005489 elastic deformation Effects 0.000 description 20
- 230000005611 electricity Effects 0.000 description 20
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 20
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 20
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 20
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000009413 insulation Methods 0.000 description 18
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 15
- 235000013399 edible fruits Nutrition 0.000 description 15
- 235000009508 confectionery Nutrition 0.000 description 14
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000007790 scraping Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 10
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920003002 synthetic resin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000000057 synthetic resin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910000831 Steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920006324 polyoxymethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- -1 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000010959 steel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241001656913 Buxus balearica Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000000018 DNA microarray Methods 0.000 description 1
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004727 Noryl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001207 Noryl Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000122 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007772 electrode material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ferric oxide Chemical compound O=[Fe]O[Fe]=O JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011900 installation process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011344 liquid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001338 liquidmetal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010687 lubricating oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005461 lubrication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013528 metallic particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035939 shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004904 shortening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008054 signal transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005549 size reduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001169 thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004416 thermosoftening plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009941 weaving Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/1752—Mounting within the printer
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03G—ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
- G03G15/00—Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern
- G03G15/06—Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for developing
- G03G15/08—Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for developing using a solid developer, e.g. powder developer
- G03G15/0822—Arrangements for preparing, mixing, supplying or dispensing developer
- G03G15/0865—Arrangements for supplying new developer
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/17506—Refilling of the cartridge
- B41J2/17509—Whilst mounted in the printer
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/17526—Electrical contacts to the cartridge
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/17526—Electrical contacts to the cartridge
- B41J2/1753—Details of contacts on the cartridge, e.g. protection of contacts
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/17543—Cartridge presence detection or type identification
- B41J2/17546—Cartridge presence detection or type identification electronically
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/17553—Outer structure
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03G—ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
- G03G2221/00—Processes not provided for by group G03G2215/00, e.g. cleaning or residual charge elimination
- G03G2221/16—Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements and complete machine concepts
- G03G2221/1678—Frame structures
- G03G2221/1684—Frame structures using extractable subframes, e.g. on rails or hinges
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Ink Jet (AREA)
- Accessory Devices And Overall Control Thereof (AREA)
Abstract
A liquid supply system comprises an adapter having electrically conductive terminals coupled to the electrical device, the terminals arranged to make contact with and receive elastic force from the contact forming members at contact portions of the terminals when the supply system supplies liquid to the printing apparatus. The contact portions of the terminals are arranged substantially in a contact portion plane which is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane defined by the leading edge. A first restriction portion is provided on a front of the adapter adapted to engage with the engagement portion of the lever so as to restrict movement of the adapter in a direction opposite the mounting direction. The first restriction portion is positioned adjacent the contact portion plane.
Description
It based on the applying date is on December 26th, 2012, Application No. 201280003040.0, entitled that the application is
The divisional application of the application for a patent for invention of " box and printing material supply system "
Cross-Reference to Related Applications
This application requires the priority of following patent application, is combined all of which here by quoting：In January, 2012
The Japanese patent application No.2012- that the Japanese patent application No.2012-003694 that submits for 12nd, on January 12nd, 2012 submit
003698th, the Japan that on January 12nd, 2012 submits Japanese patent application No.2012-003653, on January 12nd, 2012 submit
Japanese patent application No.2012-189836 that patent application No.2012-003652, August in 2012 are submitted on the 30th, 2012 years 3
The U.S. Patent application No.13/ that the U.S. Patent application No.13/410461 that submits for 2nd of the moon, on March 2nd, 2012 submit
410478th, the PCT that the U.S. Patent application No.13/410528 and on March 1st, 2012 that on March 2nd, 2012 submits is submitted is special
Profit application No.PCT/JP2012/001395.
Technical field
The present invention relates to box, the combination of box and printing equipment (or one part) and/or including box and printing equipment
Printing material supply system.
Background technology
Have been proposed for various mechanisms box to be installed to into printing equipment or is unloaded from it.The example of these mechanisms with
Disclosed in lower file：United States Patent (USP) discloses No.2005/0151811 (it corresponds to JP-A-2007-230249), United States Patent (USP)
No.7,008,053 (it corresponds to JP-A-2005-022345), (it corresponds to JP-A- to United States Patent (USP) No.6,276,780
2002-019142), United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422, United States Patent (USP) 6,074,042 and United States Patent (USP) No.7,018,030.
The content of the invention
Technical problem
U.S. Publication file No.2005/0151811 discloses the box with deadlock lever 3 and electrical contact end sub-liner 102.
Bar 3 includes the anchor portion 6 for engaging with printer.The anchor portion 6 is arranged remotely from contact pad designed 102.Because grappling
Part 6 away from box terminal, so only can be for box terminal be relative to the positioning of each printing terminal with the engagement of printer
It is accurate and limited contribution is stably provided.
Additionally, the bar 3 in U.S. Publication file No.2005/0151811 needs long enough, can be connect by user with reaching
Near position so that user can operate on it.The bar 3 also distally stretches out away from the side wall of box.This big bar is led
Cause bigger box, bigger box also causes box to be mounted thereto and the printer size that is detached from is bigger, and causes
Packaging volume for transporting and selling box is big, and this transfers the cost that increased transport and part.
Equally, the box structure that anchor portion 6 is connected to box side terminal is included the flexible portion of bar 3.Although anchor portion 6
Can be securely engaged with printer, but the vibration produced during printing operation may be transmitted by the flexible portion of bar 3
To box terminal, and therefore box terminal may be affected relative to the positioning of printing terminal.For balladeur train above formula print cartridge is (such as in U.S.
Those print cartridges disclosed in state open file No.2005/0151811) especially worry this point, because they are installed in printing
On the balladeur train of machine, and print head is installed on the balladeur train.In balladeur train above formula printer, balladeur train during printing operation by
Particles on printed medium.In addition to other vibrations produced during printing, the print cartridge in balladeur train is swept in change every time
Great acceleration is also subject to when retouching direction.
Bar in U.S. Publication file No.2005/0151811 is integrally formed with box, and resiliently flexible.Utilize
The construction, the material for manufacturing box is limited to such material：Its construction this for manufacture has sufficient mouldability,
And also have for sufficient flexibility of the bar needed for engage with printer and can deform during unloading and durability.
Bar can be in plastic deformation under user operation.This plastic deformation of bar may cause box side terminal and printing pusher side
Position mispairing between terminal, this may cause poor electrical connectivity.Plastic deformation also reduces the durability of bar.Equally, need
Special measure (as disclosed in United States Patent (USP) No.7,018,030) is taken to carry out anti-stopping bar during the encapsulation of box
The creep (particularly when box is packaged into Vacuum Package) while box is packed.
United States Patent (USP) No.6,276,780 discloses a kind of not box with any memorizer or electric terminal.Because this species
The box of type need not be with printing mechatronics, required keeping box terminal and the stable position of printer terminal and right of need not including
The structure or construction of standard.
Additionally, box passes through arrangement blocking mechanism 132 on the printer, and (in United States Patent (USP) No.6,276,780 Fig. 9 is arrived
Disclosed in 16) it is installed to printer.The box side locking inclined-plane 220 engaged with blocking mechanism 132 is removed along box from printer
Direction away from blocking mechanism 132 pivotal axis.Therefore, when elastic component 156 or compression stress sealing member 152 along box by from print
When the direction (by United States Patent (USP) No.6, the arrow X in 276,780 Figure 12 is represented) that brush machine is removed is to box applying power, the power can
To be easily converted to release the power of holding part 134 and the engagement on box locking inclined-plane 220 so that box may make in printer
Separated with printer with period.Because the joint construction disclosed in United States Patent (USP) No.6,276,780 has box from printer point
From potential risk, so it is not suitable for for the construction disclosed in U.S. Publication file No.2005/0151811, the structure
Make the appropriate contact for needing between box terminal and printer terminal.Additionally, in U.S. Publication file No.2005/0151811
Contact between box in construction and printer terminal is by power along laterally from the terminal of printer being applied to box so that box may
Along transverse shifting.The blocking mechanism 132 of United States Patent (USP) No.6,276,780 is not suitable for U.S. Publication file No.2005/
0151811 box, at least due to following reason：It can not be matched with the transverse shifting of box so that blocking mechanism 132 is de- from box
From.
United States Patent (USP) 6,074,042 discloses the print cartridge with electric contact 54.As shown in its accompanying drawing 12A to Figure 13 B, electricity is touched
Point 54 is in and is installed in box at the leading edge on the direction of printer.Using the construction, when box is installed in printer,
The electric contact 104 of the electric contact 54 of box and the spring biasing of printer it is flat against.In the outer surface of metal electrical contacts 54
Metal-oxide, oil or other non-conducting materials may be sandwiched between the conducting metal of box and printer electric contact, can
Being electrically connected between box and printer can be affected.
United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 for example discloses the box 1 with storage device 7, the storage in its Fig. 2 a to Fig. 2 d
Device has electrode 7a.The direction that electrode 7a is arranged as with box inserts printer is substantially parallel.By the construction, printing is electromechanical
Surface slip one long distance of the pole 106 along circuit board (defining electrode 7a thereon).The surface of circuit board is generally by electric exhausted
Edge resin material is covered.When printer electrodes 106 scrape printed circuit board (PCB), they may damage the insulant so that insulation
The fragment of thing is peeled off from printed circuit board (PCB).The insulant fragment may be stuck between printer electrodes 106 and box electrode 7a, and
And be changed into causing between printer and box the reason for being electrically connected poor or in other cases unreliablely.
As shown in Fig. 5 to Fig. 6 B of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422, printer has leaf spring 103, and it is installed to print in box
Apply exerting pressure against the surface of the pressing storage device 7 of printer electrodes 106 when in brush machine, and drawn from printer in box
Box 1 is moved up when going out.
United States Patent (USP) No.7,008,053 discloses in Figure 5 the elastic component 40 for arranging on the printer.When box it is complete
When being installed in printer, the lower end 40a of elastic component 40 at the top that located electrode 14 thereon of ledge 12 against
Flat surfaces 12a.Between lower end 40b and flat surfaces 12a against limiting moving up for ledge 12.However, beautiful
The construction of state's patent No.7,008,053 do not include positioning near ledge 12, for limiting what ledge 12 was moved down
Device.Therefore, the unusual freely vertical vibrating during printer operation of ledge 12, and therefore electrode may be with printing
The sub- mispairing of generator terminal is disconnected.
In the case where there are the various mechanisms for installing and unloading, the overall size for reducing printer is needed, to obtain
More preferably usability and install convenience.In order to reduce the size of printer, it is generally necessary to which reduction forms the big of printer
The size of amount component and related elements.These components and related elements include being installed to the box and the box for mounting box of printer
Mounting structure.
In order to improve the use of printer, with regard to being contained in box in printing material information (for example, with regard to printing material
Surpluses information) be shown generally on the monitor of printer.The box for being installed to the printer generally has circuit board,
The circuit board has the memorizer for storage with regard to the information of printing material.Circuit board has for will send information to printing
Machine receives from it the terminal (box side terminal) of information.With regard to printing material information memorizer and printer controller it
Between transmitted by the contact with the terminal (equipment side terminal) on printer of these box side terminals.It is therefore desirable to keeping box side
Stable between terminal and equipment side terminal is electrically connected.
As described above, there is not yet the known mechanisms that these requirements are met in fully acceptable mode.
The problem is not limited to accommodate the box of the ink for printing, generally can with any printing equipment and/or
Person is configured to provide or discharge the box of various other printing materials (for example, powdered ink) of such as ink.
It is desirable, therefore, to assure that stable between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is electrically connected.It is also required to obtain size reduction
Box, printer and the printer material supply system including the box for being installed to printer.
The solution of problem
In order to more suitably realize at least a portion of foregoing teachings, the invention provides following various aspects and enforcement
Example.
First aspect：
A kind of box for being releasably attached to printing equipment, printing equipment includes：Box mounting structure, it is configured to tool
Have：(i) equipment side diapire component；(ii) the first equipment side side wall member, it may be located at the anterior of box mounting structure and arranges
It is to intersect with equipment side diapire component；And (iii) second equipment side side wall member, it is set to and equipment side diapire component phase
Hand over and relative with the first equipment side side wall member.Equipment can also include printing material supply pipe, and it is configured to base
Bottom and outer peripheral end, base terminal is arranged on the diapire component of equipment side, and outer peripheral end will be connected with box and be configured to hold
The printing material being contained in box is supplied to the end.Equipment can also include multiple equipment side terminal, and it is arranged on equipment side angle part
Place, in this place diapire component in equipment side intersects with first (front portion) equipment side side wall member.Equipment can also include bar, and it is with can
The mode of rotation is arranged in first (front portion) equipment side side wall member, be used to for box to be installed to printing equipment or unload from it
Under.Here, Z axis represent the axle parallel with the centrage C of printing material supply pipe, and X-axis is represented along it arranges that printing material is supplied
Axle with equipment side terminal and vertical with Z axis should be managed, and Y-axis represents the axle vertical with both Z axis and X-axis.+ Z-direction
The direction that expression is held to the periphery along Z axis from the base terminal of printing material supply pipe, it can be upward direction.- Z-direction table
Show the direction contrary with+Z-direction.+ X-direction represented along X-axis from printing material supply pipe to the direction of equipment side terminal,
It can be forward direction.- X-direction represents the direction contrary with+X-direction.+ Y direction is represented along Y direction to one
The direction at end, it can be lateral, and-Y direction represents the direction along Y direction to the other end.Equipment may be used also
To be configured to be installed under the installment state of box mounting structure in box, equipment side terminal contacts with box, by power along
Box is applied to including the specific direction of+Z-direction composition.Bar can have the behaviour of at+Z-direction end (it can be top)
Make component and at-Z-direction end (it can be bottom) the first equipment side restriction element, with box is carried out locking and by
Motion of this constrained box in+Z-direction.Bar may be constructed such that and be wound between control member and the first equipment side restriction element
Ad-hoc location rotate as rotary shaft.Here, X-axis, Y-axis and Z axis correspond to box relative to the box under installment state
X-axis, Y-axis and Z axis.Box can include：The first face on-Z-direction side and the second face on+Z-direction side,
The two faces are relative to each other in the Z-axis direction；The 3rd face on+X-direction side and the on-X-direction side the 4th
Face, the two faces intersect toward each other and with the first face and the second face in the X-axis direction；Angle part, it is arranged as first
Face is connected with the 3rd face；Chamfered surface, its be arranged to be formed a part for angle part and to including+X-direction composition and-
The specific direction of Z-direction composition is inclined.Printing material Supply Structure can be set on the first face, to supply with printing material
Should pipe be connected.Multiple box side terminals can be configured so that it is corresponding with each equipment side terminal and on chamfered surface,
To receive the power along the specific direction including+Z-direction composition from equipment side terminal.Due in the inclined-plane of contact area, power
There can also be-X-direction composition.Box can also include the first box side restricted part, and it is configured to by the first equipment lateral spacing
The motion of element locking processed and thus constrained box in+Z-direction.
One of two features that can have in following two embodiments constructed above or both.In one embodiment
In, supplementary features are close 3rd faces and intersecting that chamfered surface intersects that the first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within the 3rd face
Partial specific location.In another embodiment, box side terminal includes：The first terminal, it includes being located at most+Y direction
Outside the first of end；And Second terminal, it includes being located at outside the second of most-Y direction end, wherein, the first box lateral spacing system
Part is not located in the Y-axis direction outside the scope between the first outside and the second outside, and within the scope of this.
Box according to the first aspect of the invention has the first box side restricted part engaged with the bar of printing equipment.Because
Bar is not integratedly manufactured with box, for manufacture box material can from for manufacture bar material it is different.Equally, the material of box
Material can be in less state for considering flexible and life requirement and more paying close attention to other characteristics (such as to the durability of ink)
Lower selection.Therefore, different plastics, thermoplastic and resin can be used to manufacture different components.
Equally, because bar is not on box, special attention is not needed to prevent in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplifies to encapsulate and require and improve the convenience for using.
Because bar is not the integral part of box, box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for right
Box is packaged the size of the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transport and distribution to carry out box, thus desirably reduces
Transport and component costs.
Because bar is with box not integrally, compared to the knot described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Structure, can manufacture the first box side restricted part with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This causes to show
Write the probability that ground reduces the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installment state, box can be maintained at box installation
Correct position in structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduce
The probability of the telecommunication of difference.In the box of first aspect because the first box side restricted part can have little size and
Simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box, this
It is different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.Which improve Consumer's Experience and the convenience for using.
In the box according to the first embodiment of first aspect, the first box side restriction element can be arranged on the rotation of bar
Axle-Z-direction side on.Even if applying to carry out constrained box in+Z axis along the power including+Z-direction composition from equipment side terminal
During motion on direction, bar is used for motion of the constrained box in+Z-direction.This reduce the engagement of the first restricted part and bar
Past release locking or the probability of disengaging, thus ensure that between box side terminal and equipment side terminal it is stable electrically connect, and
And reduce poor successional probability.When the power along-X-direction is applied to mounted box from equipment side terminal
When, the first equipment side restricted part the rotary shaft around bar can be moved with movement of the box in-X-direction.This reduce
The bonding part of the first box side restricted part is from the separate probability of the first equipment side restricted part.
In the box according to first aspect, the first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within the close cross section on the 3rd face
Specific location.Therefore box can be fixed to box at the position of the contact site between close box side terminal and equipment side terminal
Mounting structure.Probability of the box side terminal relative to the position mispairing of equipment side terminal is this reduced, and reduces box side terminal
With the seriality of the difference between equipment side terminal.In the case where box comes off, the first box side restricted part prevents box side terminal straight
Shock such as floor surface is connect, and thereby assisting in protecting box side terminal makes its without damage.Especially, when box side terminal quilt
When being installed on the circuit board with memory cell, this protects the memory cell of fragility to make its without damage, and adds
Strong shockproof effect.First box side restricted part is disposed proximate at the position of cross section so that the bar of box mounting structure
Can be positioned in closer at the position in the first face.This makes it possible to reduce box and printing equipment size in the Z-axis direction.
Second aspect：
According to the box of first aspect, wherein, the first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within close 3rd face and hands over chamfered surface
The specific location of the cross section of fork.
In the box according to second aspect, the first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within the specific location of close cross part.
Therefore box can be fixed to box mounting structure at the position of the contact site between close box side terminal and equipment side terminal.The
One box side restricted part prevents box side terminal relative to the position mispairing of equipment side terminal.Therefore, the first box side restricted part
Reduce the seriality of the difference between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.In the case where box comes off, the first box side restricted part
The probability that box side terminal directly clashes into such as floor surface is reduced, and thereby assisting in protecting box side terminal makes it not receive
Damage.Especially, when box side terminal is installed on the circuit board with memory cell, this protects the memorizer of fragility
Unit makes its without damage, and strengthens shockproof effect.When the first box side restricted part is formed as jut, shockproof effect
Fruit is further strengthened.First box side restricted part is disposed proximate at the position of cross section so that the bar of box mounting structure
Can be positioned in closer at the position in the first face.This makes it possible to reduce box and printing equipment size in the Z-axis direction.
The third aspect：
According to the corresponding box of any one of first aspect and/or second aspect, wherein, the first box side restricted part is set
Put the position intersected in the central authorities and the plane (plane Yc) parallel with Z axis and X-axis with the width through box or Y direction length
Put.
When box is installed in printer, box is received along the direction including+Z-direction composition from equipment side terminal
Power, and the first box side restricted part by the power towards bar the first equipment side restricted part pressure.By by the first box lateral spacing
System part is arranged on the position intersected with plane Yc, even if box is moved by the external force for applying around X-axis or Z axis, the first box lateral spacing system
Part of the part near the position intersected with plane Yc will hardly move.It should be noted that the first box side restricted part quilt
It is placed close at cross part, the edge of circuit board or the position of both.By the first box lateral spacing system that will hardly move
Part is arranged on extremely at the position of box side terminal, and the electrical connection between box side terminal and equipment side terminal can be caused steady
It is fixed.
Fourth aspect：
Fourth aspect is above-described embodiment, wherein, box side terminal includes：The first terminal, it includes being located at most+Y direction
Outside the first of end；And Second terminal, it includes being located at outside the second of most-Y direction end, wherein, the first box lateral spacing system
Partial at least a portion is located in the Y-axis direction between the first outside and the second outside, and as above may be embodied as independence
Form, or be implemented together with above-described embodiment of above-mentioned first aspect.
In the box according to fourth aspect, at least a portion of the first box side restricted part is located at outside the first outside and second
Between portion.The first box side restricted part with less motion is positioned at the position of closely box side terminal for this, thus really
The stable electrical connection protected between box side terminal and contact member.
5th aspect：
According to the box of fourth aspect, wherein, the first box side restricted part is not located in the Y-axis direction in the first outside and the
Outside scope between two outsides, and within the scope of this.
Some equipment side terminals can more be projected compared to other terminals.In the example that figure 31 illustrates, terminal 731
More project.When box is installed on printer, box side terminal will be received from equipment side terminal has+Z-direction composition
Power.As compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, its contact with some equipment side terminals (such as the terminal 734 in Figure 31) may
It is improper.By the way that the first box side restricted part is orientated as in the direction of the width completely in the inner side of terminal, box can be sufficiently
Incline, with adjust deflecting surfaces towards direction, therefore the electrical connection between box side terminal and equipment side terminal can be more steady
It is fixed.These benefits are also with regard to the construction of above-described embodiment.
6th aspect：
Box according to any one of first aspect to the 5th aspect, also including the second box side restricted part, its quilt
Be configured to by the second equipment side restriction element locking being arranged in the second equipment side side wall member, and thus constrained box in+Z
Motion on direction of principal axis, and the second box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within fourth face.
The second box side restricted part on fourth face is had according to the box of the 6th aspect, with constrained box in+Z-direction
Motion, to carry out motion of the constrained box in+Z-direction from+X-direction end and-X-direction end both sides.This is further prevented
Each box side terminal relative to box mounting structure position mispairing and further ensure that box side terminal and equipment side terminal it
Between stable electrical connection.
7th aspect：
According to the 6th aspect box, wherein, the second box side restricted part is jut, be inserted into be formed as depression or
In first equipment side restriction element of through hole.
In the box according to the 7th aspect, the second box lateral spacing system is inserted partially into into the second equipment side restricted part and is provided
Rotation pivotal point, by box around the second box side restricted part neighbouring rotation.This contribute to by box be installed to box mounting structure with
And remove from it.
Eighth aspect：
Box according to first aspect to any one in the 7th aspect, wherein, the first box side restricted part is located at
The rotary shaft of bar-X-direction side on.
In the box according to eighth aspect, in installment state, the first box side restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, with
Bar is rotated along the side in opposite direction with locking is released upwards about the rotary shaft of bar.The first restricted part is this reduced from first
Equipment side restriction element releases the probability of locking, and further ensure that stablizing between box side terminal and equipment side terminal
Electrical connection.Even if the power along-X-direction is received from equipment side terminal in box, during moving along-X-direction, the first equipment
Side restriction element is together with the movement of box along-X-direction movement.This movement reduces the first box side restricted part from first
Equipment side restriction element releases the probability of locking.
9th aspect：
According to the box of eighth aspect, wherein, the first box side restricted part has the first bearing part and the second bearing part,
First bearing part leans with the Part I of the first equipment side restriction element, with motion of the constrained box in+Z-direction,
And the second bearing part leans with the Part II of the first equipment side restriction element, with fortune of the constrained box in+X-direction
It is dynamic.
In the box according to the 9th aspect, the first box side restricted part has the first bearing part and the second bearing part,
And it is ensured that produce rotating torques on bar, by bar around bar rotary shaft along the side in opposite direction with locking is released
To rotation.The probability that the first box side restricted part releases locking from the first equipment side restriction element is that further reduces, and
And the seriality of the difference being more effectively prevented between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.
Tenth aspect：
Box according to first aspect to any one in the 9th aspect, also includes：Jut, its be configured to
The control member of bar leans, and during the box for having been mounted to box mounting structure is unloaded from box mounting structure,
Receiving from box mounting structure includes the+power of Z-direction composition, and jut is arranged in the first box side restricted part on the 3rd face
+ Z-direction side.
Jut is also had according to the box of the tenth aspect.By using the control member and jut of bar, can be easily
Box is removed from box mounting structure.
Tenth on the one hand：
Box according to first aspect to any one in the tenth aspect, wherein, angle part has from the first face edge
+ the step that extends of Z-direction, step be located at chamfered surface-X-direction side and-Z-direction side on, and step has
The 3rd box side restriction element contacted with the 3rd equipment side restriction element being arranged on box mounting structure, with constrained box in Y
Motion on direction of principal axis.
In the box according to the tenth one side, the 3rd box side restriction element is set in the corner office with box side terminal, its
Constrained box motion in the Y-axis direction.Which has limited the 3rd surface side of the box in the installment state of box fortune in the Y-axis direction
It is dynamic.
12nd aspect：
According to the box of the tenth one side, wherein, the 3rd box side restriction element includes a pair of haunched members, and it is configured to connect
The 3rd equipment side restriction element projected along+Z-direction from equipment side diapire component is received, and a pair of haunched members are from step
Along+X-direction protrusion.
In the box according to the 12nd aspect, there is provided a pair of the haunched members projected along+X-direction from step it is simple
Structure limits the motion in the Y-axis direction of the 3rd surface side of the box in the installment state of box.
13rd aspect：
Box according to any one of the tenth one side and the 12nd aspect, when from the first face along+Z-direction sight
When examining box, a part for the 3rd box side restriction element is Chong Die with chamfered surface.
In the box according to the 13rd aspect, the 3rd box side restriction element and chamfered surface are positioned as part weight each other
It is folded.The 3rd surface side of box be this further restricts in the Y-axis direction around the motion of printing material supply pipe.
Fourteenth aspect：
Box according to any one of first aspect to the 13rd aspect, printing material Supply Structure is arranged on the
Simultaneously go up compared to close 3rd face closer to fourth face specific location.
Had to orientate as according to the box of fourteenth aspect and tied closer to the ink feed of fourth face compared to close 3rd face
Structure.It is the structure compared to close fourth face closer to the 3rd face compared to ink feed structure positioning, this configuration reduces print
Brush material adheres to the probability on box side terminal.This reduce the seriality of the difference between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.
15th aspect：
Box according to any one of first aspect to fourteenth aspect, the first box side restricted part is jut.
First box side restricted part is provided as jut according to the box of fourteenth aspect, it there can be little size
With simple structure.
16th aspect：
Box according to any one of first aspect to the 15th aspect, box side terminal includes and equipment side terminal
The box side ground terminal of equipment side ground terminal contact, equipment side ground terminal is connected with ground wire, and box side ground terminal quilt
The width of box or the centre of Y direction length are arranged on, and are configured in the process that box is installed to box mounting structure
In, contacted with equipment side ground terminal before any other box side terminal contacts with corresponding equipment side terminal.
In the box according to the 16th aspect, the power for being applied to box side terminal from box mounting structure first produces the width in box
In the basic central authorities of degree or Y direction length.This prevent and be applied to the power of box side terminal and play a role and make box to Y direction
Incline, thus ensure that between box side terminal and equipment side terminal stable electrically connects.Set with corresponding in other box side terminals
Before standby side terminal contact, box side ground terminal contacts with corresponding equipment side ground terminal.Even if in undesirable high electricity
Pressure is when being applied to box, the grounding function of box side ground terminal remain to advantageously to prevent or reduce the temperature that high voltage causes and
Failure.
17th aspect：
According to the box of the 16th aspect, wherein, the Z-direction length of box side ground terminal is more than other box side terminals
Z-direction length.
The contact between box side ground terminal and equipment side ground terminal is ensure that according to the box of the 17th aspect.
18th aspect：
A kind of box for being releasably attached to printing equipment, printing equipment includes：Box mounting structure, it is configured to allow for
Install and unload box；Printing material supply pipe, it is configured to base terminal and outer peripheral end, and base terminal is arranged on box and installs knot
On the bottom surface of structure, the printing material that outer peripheral end will be connected with box and be configured to will be received in box is supplied to the end；It is multiple
Equipment side terminal, it is set to be contacted with box；And bar, it is set to be used to install and unload box, wherein, Z axis are represented
The axle parallel with the centrage C of printing material supply pipe, X-axis is represented along it arranges printing material supply pipe and equipment side terminal
And the axle vertical with Z axis, and Y-axis represents the axle vertical with both Z axis and X-axis, wherein ,+Z-direction is represented along Z axis
From the direction that the base terminal of printing material supply pipe is held to the periphery ,-Z-direction represents the direction contrary with+Z-direction ,+X-axis
Direction represented along X-axis from printing material supply pipe to the direction of equipment side terminal, and-X-direction represents contrary with+X-direction
Direction ,+Y direction represents the direction along Y direction to one end, and-Y direction is represented along Y direction to another
The direction at end, wherein, it is installed under the installment state of box mounting structure in box, equipment side terminal contacts with box, by power
Be applied to box along the specific direction including+Z-direction composition, and bar have control member at+Z-direction end and
The first equipment side restriction element at-Z-direction end, to carry out locking and thus fortune of the constrained box in+Z-direction to box
Dynamic, the ad-hoc location that bar is wound between control member and the first equipment side restriction element rotates as rotary shaft, wherein, X-axis,
Y-axis and Z axis correspond to X-axis, Y-axis and the Z axis of box relative to the box under installment state.Box includes：Ink feed structure, its
Positioned at box-Z-direction end at, to be connected with printing material supply pipe；Circuit board, its be located at ink feed structure+X-axis
On the side of direction and with to the inclined surface of specific direction including+X-direction composition and-Z-direction composition；Multiple box sides
Terminal, it is set on and surface positioned at circuit board corresponding with each equipment side terminal, to receive from equipment side terminal
Along the power of the specific direction including+Z-direction composition；And the first box side restricted part, it is configured to by the first equipment
The motion of side restriction element locking and thus constrained box in+Z-direction, and it is located at+the X of printing material Supply Structure
On direction of principal axis side.
One of two features that can have in following two embodiments constructed above or both.In one embodiment
In, supplementary features are the specific locations that the first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within close plate end, and plate end is located at the table of circuit board
Face+Z-direction side on.In another embodiment, box side terminal includes：The first terminal, it includes being located at most+Y direction
Outside the first of end；And Second terminal, it includes being located at outside the second of most-Y direction end, wherein, the first box lateral spacing system
Part is not located in the Y-axis direction outside the scope between the first outside and the second outside, and within the scope of this.
There is the first box side restricted part stopped by the lever lock of printing equipment according to the box of the 18th aspect.First box lateral spacing
System part be located at bar rotary shaft-Z-direction side on.The structure need not be as root between the rotary shaft and control member of bar
There is like that any engagement member according to the box of above-mentioned first aspect, and have with similar with those boxes according to first aspect
Beneficial effect.For example, the distance between bar and box are shortened according to the box of the 18th aspect, thus allow to reduce printing equipment and
Including box and the whole printing material supply system of printing equipment size in the X-axis direction.
According to the 18th aspect box in, the first box lateral spacing system be partially disposed within the rotary shaft of bar-Z-direction side
On.This makes it possible to the motion of as the box according to above-mentioned first aspect constrained box in+Z-direction, and with root
Limit according to the similar beneficial effect of those boxes of first aspect.For example, which ensure that between box side terminal and equipment side terminal
More stable electrical connection, and reduce poor seriality.
According to following examples, in this embodiment：Box side terminal includes：The first terminal, it includes being located at most+Y-axis side
To the outside of the first of end；And Second terminal, it includes being located at outside the second of most-Y direction end, wherein, the first box lateral spacing
System part is not located in the Y-axis direction outside the scope between the first outside and the second outside, and within the scope of this.This makes
Obtaining can fine-tune the direction of the chamfered surface for being provided with box side terminal thereon, similar with the box according to first embodiment.I.e.
Make when the inclined-plane of the position of each equipment side terminal or the first box side restricted part is changed due to manufacture mistake, it is this oblique
What the intense adjustment in face direction ensure that between box side terminal and equipment side terminal stable electrically connects.
According to following examples, the first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within the plate end on+Z-direction side, at this
In embodiment：First box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within the specific location at close plate end, plate end be located at the surface of circuit board+
On Z-direction side.In other words, the first box side restricted part is arranged to as close possible to box side terminal.Because the first box lateral spacing
System part is stopped by lever lock, so the periphery of the first box side restricted part will not have position to move by the external force for being applied to box substantially
It is dynamic.Box side terminal is arranged at the position of minimum position movement and prevents each box side terminal relative to the position of box mounting structure
Mispairing is put, thus maintaining between box side terminal and equipment side terminal stable electrically connects.
19th aspect：
A kind of printing material supply system, it includes：Printing equipment；And according in first aspect to the 18th aspect
Box described in what one, printing equipment includes：Box mounting structure, it is configured to has：(i) equipment side diapire component；(ii)
First equipment side side wall member, it is set to intersect with equipment side diapire component；And (iii) second equipment side side wall member,
It is set to intersect with equipment side diapire component and relative with the first equipment side side wall member；Printing material supply pipe, its quilt
Be configured with base terminal and outer peripheral end, base terminal is arranged on the diapire component of equipment side, outer peripheral end will be connected with box and
The printing material for being configured to will be received in box is supplied to the end；Multiple equipment side terminal, it is arranged on equipment side corner sections office,
In this place diapire component in equipment side intersects with the first equipment side side wall member；And bar, it is rotatably provided at
In one equipment side side wall member, be used to for box to be installed to printing equipment or unload from it, wherein, Z axis are represented and printing material
Expect the parallel axles of the centrage C of supply pipe, X-axis is represented along it arranges printing material supply pipe and equipment side terminal and and Z
The vertical axle of axle, and Y-axis represents the axle vertical with both Z axis and X-axis, wherein ,+Z-direction is represented along Z axis from printing material
The direction held to the periphery of base terminal of material supply pipe ,-Z-direction represents the direction contrary with+Z-direction, and+X-direction is represented
Along X-axis from printing material supply pipe to the direction of equipment side terminal ,-X-direction represents the direction contrary with+X-direction ,+Y
Direction of principal axis represents the direction along Y direction to one end, and-Y direction represents the direction along Y direction to the other end,
Wherein, it is installed under the installment state of box mounting structure in box, equipment side terminal contacts with box, by power along including+Z
The specific direction of direction of principal axis composition is applied to box, and bar has control member at+Z-direction end and in-Z-direction
The first equipment side restriction element at end, to carry out locking and thus motion of the constrained box in+Z-direction to box, bar is wound on
Ad-hoc location between control member and the first equipment side restriction element rotates as rotary shaft.
Included according to any one in first aspect to the 18th aspect according to the printing material supply system of the 19th aspect
Box described in, to allow to reduce the size of printing material supply system in both X-direction and Z-direction, and reduces
Probability of the first equipment side restriction element from the first box lateral spacing past release locking.Which ensure that box side terminal and equipment side
Stable electrical connection between terminal, and reduce poor seriality.
As being appreciated by those skilled in the art, embodiments of the invention are related to print cartridge, print cartridge and printing equipment
Combination or printing equipment a part, wherein, print cartridge be installed to be suitable for the equipment for providing ink to printing equipment and
System, the wherein system include printing equipment (or one part) and/or wherein the system does not include printing equipment.
In one embodiment of the invention, disclose and a kind of be suitable for being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus
Print cartridge, wherein, the ink-jet printing apparatus of print cartridge are installed thereon includes the bar with bonding part.Printing equipment preferably includes many
Individual equipment side contacts form component, and it is constructed and arranged to after box is installed on printing equipment, when print cartridge is by equipment
Side contacts are formed when component presses and for elastic force to be applied to print cartridge.Print cartridge is preferably included：Box body, it includes front portion or the first table
Face, rear portion or second surface, top or the 3rd surface and bottom or the 4th surface, anterior or first surface and rear portion or the second table
Face is toward each other and top or the 3rd surface and bottom or the 4th surface are relative to each other.Print cartridge includes the ink for accommodating ink
Hydroecium.Print cartridge also preferably includes electronic installation.Print cartridge also includes ink feed structure, and it is positioned at the bottom of box body or the 4th
At surface, ink feed structure has the leading edge on installation direction, and leading edge defines the plane of print cartridge, the ink at the plane
Water supply structure is suitable for and is configured to for ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus from ink chamber.Print cartridge can also include terminal
Supporting structure, it orientates the anterior or first surface of immediately box body as, and terminal support structure has and electronic installation therein company
The multiple conductance electric terminals for connecing.When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, terminal is suitable for and is disposed in terminal supporting
In structure, contact and receive from it elastic force to form component with contact.Terminal is arranged substantially in terminal plane, terminal
Plane is neither parallel with the plane limited by leading edge nor perpendicular.Print cartridge preferably includes the first restricted part, and it is fitted
Engage together in the bonding part with bar, to limit motion of the print cartridge on the direction contrary with installation direction, the first restricted part
Bonding part be positioned adjacent to terminal support structure.The bonding part of the first restricted part is preferably positioned positioned at terminal supporting
Structure is neighbouring.
In one embodiment, terminal plane and the plane limited by leading edge be into about 20 to 50 angles spent, preferably from
About 25 degree to 40 degree.
Terminal support structure intersects for suitably mounting box is critically important with printing equipment.As discussed here,
By angled cooperation, box can receive power upwardly and rearwardly.These power contribute to that box is held in place.
In one embodiment, the anterior or first surface of box body is observed in the state of facing down in ink feed structure
When, the bonding part of the first restricted part is located at the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals and multiple terminals
The right side of the left hand edge of leftmost side terminal.
In one embodiment, terminal is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure, with the contact portion of terminal
Place forms component and contacts and receive elastic force with contact.Contact portion is essentially disposed in contact portion plane.At this
In embodiment, when the anterior or first surface of box body is observed in the state of facing down in ink feed structure, the first limiting unit
The bonding part divided may be located at the bonding part of the first restricted part positioned at the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals
The right side of the left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of left side and multiple terminals.In one embodiment, contact portion plane with by front
Angle between the edge limited degree of plane Cheng Yue 25 to 40.
In one embodiment, box be additionally included in the rear portion of print cartridge or second surface on the second restricted part.Second limit
System part is preferably adapted to and is configured to be engaged with the various pieces of ink-jet printing apparatus.In this embodiment, when along
The orientation measurement vertical with the plane limited by leading edge apart from when, the bonding part of the second restricted part with limited by leading edge
The distance between plane more than the first restricted part the distance between bonding part and the plane limited by leading edge.
In one embodiment, when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure is prone
During that unilateral observation print cartridge, when along the orientation measurement vertical with the plane limited by leading edge apart from when, the first restricted part
The distance between bonding part and the plane that limited by leading edge less than the pivotal point of bar when box is mounted and by leading edge
The distance between plane of restriction.
In one embodiment, when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure is prone
During that unilateral observation print cartridge, when box is mounted, the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar.
In one embodiment, when the anterior or first surface in the prone state observation box body of ink feed structure
When, at least a portion of the bonding part of the first restricted part generally within the width midway of print cartridge at.
In a preferred embodiment, the plane for being limited by leading edge is in bottom or the 4th lower face.In other embodiments,
It is concordant with bottom.In other embodiments, it is recessed in bottom or the 4th surface.
In one embodiment, a kind of ink supply system by ink feed to ink-jet printing apparatus is disclosed, wherein,
Ink-jet printing apparatus include that multiple equipment side contacts form component.Ink supply system preferably includes the ink for accommodating ink
Hydroecium and ink feed structure, it is suitable for and is configured to for ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus from ink chamber.Ink is supplied
Answer structure that there is the leading edge on installation direction, leading edge defines plane.Ink feed structure preferably includes electronic installation.
Ink supply system can also include terminal support structure, and it has multiple conductance electric terminals, in ink feed structure by ink
When water supply is to printing equipment, terminal is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure, with the contact site office of terminal with
Contact forms component and contacts and receive from it elastic force.Ink supply system can also include the first restricted part, and it is suitable for
Engage with the bonding part of the bar on printing equipment, with limit terminal support structure and terminal thereon with installation direction phase
Motion on anti-direction.The bonding part of the first restricted part is preferably located to neighbouring with terminal support structure.Work as ink
Supply Structure by ink feed to printing equipment when, terminal can be arranged substantially in terminal plane, the terminal plane neither with
The plane limited by leading edge is not parallel also perpendicular.Or, terminal support structure determines the plane and/or the plane
Limited by the terminal contacted with each structure on printing equipment.
In one embodiment of system, when ink feed structure by ink feed to printing equipment when, terminal plane with
The plane limited by leading edge into about 20 to 50 degree angles, preferably from about 25 degree to 40 degree.
In one embodiment of system, when ink feed structure be arranged in place with by ink feed to printing equipment
When, the bonding part of the first restricted part is located at the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals and multiple terminals
The right side of the left hand edge of leftmost side terminal.
In one embodiment of system, terminal is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure, with connecing in terminal
Contact portion office and contact form component and contact and receive from it elastic force.Contact portion is arranged substantially in contact portion plane
In.When ink feed structure be arranged in place with by ink feed to printing equipment when, the bonding part of the first restricted part can
With positioned at the right side of the leftmost side contact portion in the left side and multiple terminals of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals.Contact site
Point can limit with the plane limited by leading edge in the angle beyond 0 degree and less than 90 degree.When ink feed structure supplies ink
When should arrive printing equipment, the plane limited by contact portion is preferably with the plane limited by leading edge into beyond 20 degree and being less than
50 degree of angle.
In one embodiment, ink feed structure also includes main body, and it includes front portion or first surface, rear portion or second
Surface, anterior or first surface and rear portion or second surface are relative to each other.Ink supply system can also include with after main body
Portion or second surface restricted part (it is referred to as the second restricted part) immediately, and the end with anterior or first surface immediately
Sub- supporting structure.Second restricted part can include bonding part, and it is suitable for and is configured to each with ink-jet printing apparatus
Individual part engagement.When along the orientation measurement vertical with the plane limited by leading edge apart from when, the engagement of the second restricted part
Part and the distance between the plane limited by leading edge more than the bonding part by the first restricted part with limited by leading edge
The distance between plane.
In one embodiment, the second restricted part can be with the rear portion of main body or second surface immediately, terminal supporting knot
With anterior or first surface immediately, the second restricted part is suitable for and is configured to be connect with the various pieces of ink-jet printing apparatus structure
Close, wherein, when along the orientation measurement vertical with the plane limited by leading edge apart from when, the bonding part of the second restricted part
It is flat with what is limited by leading edge more than the bonding part by the first restricted part with the distance between the plane limited by leading edge
The distance between face.
In one embodiment, when along the orientation measurement vertical with the plane limited by leading edge apart from when, first limit
The distance between the bonding part of part processed and the plane limited by leading edge less than when ink supply system by ink feed to
The distance between the pivotal point of bar and plane for being limited by leading edge during printing equipment.
In one embodiment, when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment, the engagement of the first restricted part
On right side and when ink feed structure faces down, the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar for part.
In one embodiment, ink supply system includes the main body with terminal support structure immediately, and when ink is supplied
When answering system by ink feed to printing equipment, at least a portion of the bonding part of the first restricted part is generally within main body
At width midway.
In one embodiment, ink supply system also includes adapter, wherein, ink feed structure, terminal supporting knot
Structure and the first restricted part) it is positioned on adapter, and ink chamber is suitable for and is configured to coordinate with adapter.Another
In individual embodiment, ink supply system also includes adapter, wherein, terminal support structure and the first restricted part are positioned at adaptation
On device, ink feed structure positioning is in ink chamber and ink chamber is suitable for and is configured to coordinate with adapter.Or, it is
System also includes adapter, the ink tank outside ink-jet printing apparatus, pipeline and minor adaptations, wherein, ink feed knot
Structure is positioned on minor adaptations, and terminal support structure and the first restricted part are positioned on adapter, and work as ink feed
System by ink feed to printing equipment when, ink is fed to minor adaptations by pipeline from outer pot.
In one embodiment, system includes main body, and main body includes top and bottom, top and bottom toward each other, its
In, the plane limited by leading edge is substantially flush with bottom.
The present invention is not limited to the combination of box, print cartridge and above-mentioned printing equipment or printing material supply system, but can be
There are other different aspects to implement, for example, fluid cartridge, liquid container, printing material housing device, box adapter, circuit board, printing
Equipment, liquid injection device and including liquid injection device and the liquid delivery system of fluid cartridge.The present invention be not limited to
Upper aspect, but can be for these aspects make various changes and modifications, and without departing from the scope of the present invention.When statement print cartridge
During combination with printing equipment and/or ink-jet printing apparatus, it should be understood that print cartridge is assembled, installs or is arranged to printing equipment
On.
When connection with figures is read, the above description of foregoing general content and embodiment will become clearer, attached
Similar reference represents similar component in figure.Equipment in order to illustrate the application, is shown in the drawings some enforcements
Example.It should be appreciated, however, that the application is not limited to accurate arrangement, structure, feature, embodiment, aspect and the equipment for illustrating, and
And the arrangement that illustrates, structure, feature, embodiment, aspect and equipment can be used alone or with other arrangement, structure, spies
Levy, embodiment, aspect and equipment are used in combination.
Accompanying drawing has not necessarily been drawn to scale, and is in no way intended to limit the scope of the present invention, but only for clarifying this
Bright single diagram embodiment.In the accompanying drawings：
Description of the drawings
[Fig. 1] Fig. 1 shows the axonometric chart of the construction of printing material supply system；
[Fig. 2] Fig. 2 shows the axonometric chart of the keeper for having mounted to box thereon；
[Fig. 3] Fig. 3 shows the axonometric chart of the keeper for having mounted to box thereon；
[Fig. 4] Fig. 4 shows the top view of the keeper for having mounted to box thereon；
[Fig. 5] Fig. 5 is the sectional view taken along the line F4-F4 in Fig. 4；
[Fig. 5 A] Fig. 5 A show the sectional view of the keeper for having mounted to box thereon；
[Fig. 6 A] Fig. 6 A show power is how to be applied to bar from box；
[Fig. 6 B] Fig. 6 B show power is how to be applied to bar from box；
[Fig. 7] Fig. 7 shows the axonometric chart of the structure of box；
[Fig. 8] Fig. 8 is the upward view of box；
[Fig. 9] Fig. 9 is the sectional view obtained along the line F8-F8 in Fig. 8；
[Fig. 9 A] Fig. 9 A show the figure of box and bar when box is for its installation site；
[Figure 10 A] Figure 10 A show the concrete structure of circuit board；
[Figure 10 B] Figure 10 B show the concrete structure of circuit board；
[Figure 11] Figure 11 is the rearview of box；
[Figure 12] Figure 12 is the front view of box；
[Figure 13] Figure 13 is the left view of box；
[Figure 14] Figure 14 is to maintain the axonometric chart of the structure of part；
[Figure 15] Figure 15 is to maintain the axonometric chart of the structure of part；
[Figure 16] Figure 16 shows the top view of the structure of keeper；
[Figure 17] Figure 17 is the sectional view obtained along the line F16-F16 of Figure 16；
[Figure 18] Figure 18 is the axonometric chart of contact mechanism；
[Figure 19] Figure 19 shows the axonometric chart of the outward appearance of bar；
[Figure 20] Figure 20 shows the sectional view of the axis body of the bar obtained along the plane parallel with X-axis and Z axis；
[Figure 21] Figure 21 is the axonometric chart of bar；
[Figure 22] Figure 22 is to maintain the exploded perspective view of part and the axonometric chart of bar；
[Figure 23] Figure 23 shows the sectional view of the peripheral structure of bar in box is installed to the installment state of keeper；
[Figure 24] Figure 24 shows the step of box is installed to keeper；
[Figure 25] Figure 25 shows the step of box is installed to keeper；
[Figure 26] Figure 26 shows the step of box is installed to keeper；
[Figure 27] Figure 27 shows the step of box is installed to keeper；
[Figure 27 A] Figure 27 A are mounted to the close up view of the box of keeper；
[Figure 27 B] Figure 27 B are mounted to the close up view of the box of keeper；
[Figure 28] Figure 28 shows the block diagram of electronic structure；
[Figure 29] Figure 29 shows the connection between circuit board and mounting testing circuit；
[Figure 30] Figure 30 shows the external force that box is applied in installment state；
[Figure 31] Figure 31 shows the intense adjustment in the direction on inclined-plane；
[Figure 32 A] Figure 32 A show an example of beneficial effect；
[Figure 32 B] Figure 32 B show an example of beneficial effect；
[Figure 32 C] Figure 32 C show an example of beneficial effect；
[Figure 32 D] Figure 32 D show an example of beneficial effect；
[Figure 32 E] Figure 32 E show an example of beneficial effect；
[Figure 32 F] Figure 32 F show an example of beneficial effect；
[Figure 33] Figure 33 shows the printer according to second embodiment；
[Figure 34] Figure 34 shows the axonometric chart of the outward appearance of the box according to 3rd embodiment；
[Figure 35 A] Figure 35 A show the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiment；
[Figure 35 B] Figure 35 B show the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiment；
[Figure 35 C] Figure 35 C show the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiment；
[Figure 35 D] Figure 35 D show the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiment；
[Figure 35 E] Figure 35 E show the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiment；
[Figure 35 F] Figure 35 F show the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiment；
[Figure 35 G] Figure 35 G show the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiment；
[Figure 35 H] Figure 35 H show the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiment；
[Figure 35 I] Figure 35 I show the concept map of the box with lengthwise terminal；
[Figure 35 J] Figure 35 J show the concept map of the box with the contact mechanism being arranged in outside circuit board；
[Figure 36] Figure 36 shows the axonometric chart of the structure of the box with the adapter according to one embodiment；
[Figure 37 A] Figure 37 A show the axonometric chart of the structure of the box with the adapter according to another embodiment；
[Figure 37 B] Figure 37 B show the axonometric chart of the box including adapter and container assemblies；
[Figure 38] Figure 38 shows the axonometric chart of the structure of the box with the adapter according to another embodiment；
[Figure 39 A] Figure 39 A show the structure of the bar according to a modification；
[Figure 39 B] Figure 39 B show the structure of the bar according to a modification；
[Figure 40] Figure 40 shows the installation according to the box of a modification to keeper；
[Figure 41 A] Figure 41 A show the modification of terminal shape；
[Figure 41 B] Figure 41 B show the modification of terminal shape；
[Figure 41 C] Figure 41 C show the modification of terminal shape；
[Figure 42 A] Figure 42 A show the figure of the wiping amount of plate terminal and the relation of plate inclination angle phi；
[Figure 42 B] Figure 42 B show the wiping amount of plate terminal；
[Figure 43 A] Figure 43 A show the figure of the power upwards of equipment side ground terminal and the relation of plate inclination angle phi；
[Figure 43 B] Figure 43 B show the power upwards of equipment side ground terminal；
[Figure 44] Figure 44 shows the figure of the wiping amount of plate terminal and another relation of plate inclination angle phi；And
[Figure 45] Figure 45 shows the figure of the power upwards of equipment side ground terminal and another relation of plate inclination angle phi.
Specific embodiment
In order to further clarify construction and the operation of the present invention, below with reference to width figure describes some enforcements of the present invention
Example.
A. first embodiment
A-1. the general construction of printing material supply system
Fig. 1 shows the axonometric chart of the construction of printing material supply system 10.XYZ axles perpendicular to one another show in FIG
Go out.XYZ axles in Fig. 1 are corresponding to the XYZ axles in other accompanying drawings.In subsequent accompanying drawing, XYZ axles are shown when needing.
Printing material supply system 10 includes box 20 and the printer 50 as printing equipment.In printing material supply system 10, box
20 keepers 60 that printer 50 is removably attached to by user.
Each box 20 in printing material supply system 10 accommodates the ink as printing material.The use being contained in box 20
Make the ink of printing material and be supplied to 540 by ink feed structure and printing material supply pipe (described in hereafter).Root
Structure accordingly, multiple boxes 20 are removably attachable to the keeper 60 of printer 50.More specifically, accommodating six kinds of differences respectively
Six boxes 20 of color ink (that is, black, yellow, carmetta, shallow carmetta, cyan, light cyan) are installed to keeper 60.
Those skilled in the art are apparent that, although description here refer to ink, it is envisioned that for any thing of printing
Matter can be used referring below to disclosed box, its combination and/or supply system mode more particularly described below, and
And thus the present invention should not limit.
According to other embodiment, the number for being installed to the box of keeper 60 is not limited to six, and can be more than or few
In six.According to other embodiment, the number of different colours ink is not limited to six colors, but can be more or less than six
Individual color.According to other embodiment, being installed to the two or more box 20 of keeper 60 can accommodate a kind of same color ink.Box
20 and the concrete structure of keeper 60 will be described below.
The printer 50 of the printing material supply system 10 illustrated in Fig. 1 is the compact ink jet printing for personal use
Machine.In addition to keeper 60, printer 50 also has controller 510 and the balladeur train 520 including keeper 60.Balladeur train 520
Including 540.Ink is passed through printing material supply pipe (described in hereafter) by printer 50 from the box 20 for being installed to keeper 60
To the end 540 are provided, and from the beginning 540 ink is discharged to into printed medium 90 (such as printing paper or label), with printed medium
Various data, such as character row, accompanying drawing and picture are printed on 90.Although having been described in detail with regard to ink-jet printer,
It will be understood to those of skill in the art that G of the present invention is asked as follows is applied to other printing types and printing more particularly described belowly
Material supply system, and thus the present invention should not limit.
The controller 510 of printer 50 is used for the operation of the various pieces for controlling printer 50.The balladeur train 520 of printer 50
It is configured such that 540 reciprocally scan across printed medium 90.The 540 of printer 50 have inkjet mechanism, and it is by structure
Make is ink to be ejected on printed medium 90 from the box 20 for being installed to keeper 60.Controller 510 and balladeur train 520 are by via soft
Property cable 517 is electrically connected.540 inkjet mechanism is operated by the control signal from controller 510.
According to the present embodiment, balladeur train 520 has 540 and a keeper 60.Such box 20 is installed to for moving
The printer 50 of the keeper 60 on the balladeur train 520 of dynamic 540 is called " frame above formula " printer.According to another enforcement
Example, keeper 60 can be arranged on the various location of balladeur train 520, and ink can be by from being installed to the every of keeper 60
Individual box 20 provides 540 to balladeur train 520 by flexible pipe.Such printer is called " from posture " printer.
According to the present embodiment, printer 50 has main scanning feed mechanism and second scanning feed mechanism, and it is by the He of balladeur train 520
The relative movement of printed medium 90, and perform printing on printed medium 90.The main scanning feed mechanism of printer 50 includes sliding
Frame motor 522 and drive belt 524, and pass to balladeur train 520 to make cunning by the power of carriage motor 522 via drive belt 524
Frame 520 is moved back and forth on main scanning direction.The second scanning feed mechanism of printer 50 includes feeding motor 532 and platen volume
Cylinder 534, and the power of feeding motor 532 is passed to into platen 534, with the subscan side vertical with main scanning direction
Printed medium 90 is transported upwards.The carriage motor 522 of main scanning feed mechanism and the feeding motor 532 of second scanning feed mechanism
Based on the control signal from controller 510 come action.
According to the present embodiment, when printing material supply system 10 is in the state of being usually used, X-axis is represented along pair
The axle of scanning direction (fore-and-aft direction), printed medium 90 is fed along sub-scanning direction.Y-axis is represented along main scanning direction
Used as Y-axis, balladeur train 520 is back and forth moved the axle of (left and right directions or lateral when from front viewing system 10) along main scanning direction
It is dynamic.Z axis represent the axle along gravity direction (vertical direction).The use state of printing material supply system 10 is referred to and is arranged on water
The state of the printing material supply system 10 on flat face.In the present embodiment, the face of level is the face parallel with X-axis and Y-axis,
That is, XY faces.
According to the present embodiment ,+X-direction is represented sub-scanning direction (forward direction), and-X-direction represents its phase negative side
To (backward directions) ,+Z-direction represent along the direction contrary with gravity direction from the bottom of printing material supply system 10 to
The direction (upward direction) at top, and-Z-direction represents the direction contrary with+Z-direction, i.e. and gravity direction is (downwards
To).In the present embodiment ,+X-direction side (front side) is the front of printing material supply system 10.According to the present embodiment ,+Y-axis
Direction represents the direction (left direction) from the right flank of printing material supply system 10 towards left surface, and-Y direction
Represent its rightabout (right direction).In the present embodiment, the multiple boxes 20 in keeper 60 are installed in by along Y-axis
Direction (left and right directions or lateral, it is referred to as " Y direction ") arranges.Similarly, along the direction (fore-and-aft direction) of X-axis
" X-direction " and " Z " direction of principal axis is called with along the direction of Z axis (vertical direction).
A-2., box 20 is arranged on the structure of keeper 60
Fig. 2 and Fig. 3 are the axonometric charts for illustrating the keeper 60 for having mounted to box 20 thereon.Fig. 4 is illustrated with peace
It is attached to the top view of the keeper 60 of box 20 thereon.In the state illustrated in Fig. 2 to Fig. 4, a box 20 is suitably pacified
It is attached to the design and installation position of keeper 60.The state of " being suitably attached to design and installation position " and " installation site " are represented
Box 20 attached (or differently saying, placement) so that box side terminal is located at the contact mechanism for being included in printer 50 (afterwards
Be described) in the position that contacts respectively of corresponding side apparatus side terminal.
As shown in Figures 2 and 3, the keeper 60 of printer 50 has 5 wall members 601,603,604,605,606.By
The depression that this five wall members are formed is used as box room or box mounting structure 602.Box room 602 is divided into multiple grooves by partition wall 607
(installing space) is receiving each box 20.Partition wall 607 inserts the guiding piece of each groove as by box 20, but can be to be fitted
Omit locality.Each groove there is printing material supply pipe 640, contact mechanism 70, bar 80, the second equipment side restriction element 620 with
And as the jut 636 of the 3rd equipment side restriction element.One side (+Z-direction side, top surface) of each groove is open
, and box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or removes from it via the side (open top surface) of the opening.
Box 20 is so that box 20 is by the locking of 80 and second equipment side restriction element of bar 620 and ink feed structure (is hereinafter entered
Row description) state that is connected with printing material supply pipe 640 is installed to keeper 60.This state is called that " box 20 is to guarantor
The installment state of gripping member 60 ", referred to as " installs " state, or is additionally referred to as " placement " state.By printing material supply pipe
640 are connected so that being provided to the end 540 as the ink of the printing material being contained in box 20 with the ink feed structure of box 20
(Fig. 1).Printing material supply pipe 640 have be located at+Z-direction side on outer peripheral end 642 (also referred to as " connection end ") with
And the base terminal 645 on-Z-direction side.Base terminal 645 is arranged on wall member 601, and outer peripheral end 642 and box 20
Ink feed structure connection.Printing material supply pipe 640 has the central shaft C parallel with Z axis.From base terminal 645 along in
Heart axle C to the direction of outer peripheral end 642 is+Z-direction.
As shown in Fig. 2 elastomeric element 648 is arranged on around ink tubes 640, to seal the box in installment state
The periphery of 20 ink feed structure leaks into periphery preventing ink from ink feed structure.In installment state, elastic
Part 648 to box 20 applies exerting pressure for the component comprising+Z-direction.
In (placement) state of installation, terminal on the circuit board of box 20 (being described afterwards) is arranged on holding
Electrical connection between the terminal of the contact mechanism 70 in each groove of part 60 allows to transmit various between box 20 and printer 50
Information.
Fig. 5 is the sectional view obtained along the line F4-F4 of Fig. 4.Jut 636 is omitted in the example shown.Printer 50
Printing material supply pipe 640 is connected with the ink feed structure 280 of box 20 so that ink is flowed from box 20 via printing material
540 (Fig. 1) to the end is supplied in path 282.
According to the present embodiment, the porous filter 644 for filtering from the ink of the supply of box 20 is arranged on printing material
At the outer peripheral end 642 of supply pipe 640.Porous filter 644 for example can be made up of stainless (steel) wire or rustless steel weaving cloth.According to
Another embodiment, porous filter can not be located at the outer peripheral end 642 of printing material supply pipe 640.
The contact mechanism 70 of printer 50 be located at printing material supply pipe 640+X-direction side on, and be configured to
Can be with the termination contact being arranged on the circuit board 40 of box 20.In the installment state of box 20, including+Z-direction vector into
The Pt that exerts pressure for dividing is applied to circuit board 40 by the terminal from contact mechanism 70.In the installment state of box 20, along+Z axis side
To the Ps that exerts pressure be applied to ink feed structure 280 from elastomeric element 648.
Bar 80 for mounting and dismounting box 20 has at it+control member 830 at Z-direction end and its-Z-direction
Bonding part 810 at end.First equipment side restriction element or bonding part 810 (describe more particularly below it first to set
Standby side chain stops face) it is configured in installment state be connect with the first box side restricted part 210 at the first lock position 810L
Close.First lock position 810L be located at be arranged on contact site between the terminal on circuit board 40 and contact mechanism 70+Z axis side
To on side and on+X-direction side.Bonding part 810 engages with the first box side restricted part 210, with constrained box 20 in+Z axis side
Motion upwards.
Pivot at position of the bar 80 around axle 800c between control member 830 and bonding part 810.The rotary shaft of bar 80
800c be located at the first lock position 810L+Z-direction side and in+X-direction side.
User is removed box 20 from keeper 60 using the control member 830 of bar 80.In order to remove box 20, Yong Huyan
- X-direction presses to control member 830.The pressure (will be called from power Pr of+X-direction side direction-X-direction side
" operating physical force Pr ") it is applied to control member 830.Operating physical force Pr rotates bar 80 around axle 800c, and by the edge of bonding part 810
+ X-direction removes from the first lock position 810L.This relieves connecing for the first box side restricted part 210 and bonding part 810
Close, and box 20 is removed from keeper 60.
Second equipment side restriction element 620 is arranged in side wall member 604, and is configured in the second lock position
Engage with the second box side restricted part 220 at 620L.According to the present embodiment, the second equipment side restriction element 620 is formed in guarantor
Through hole in the side wall member 604 of gripping member 60.Second lock position 620L be located at printing material supply pipe 640+Z-direction side
With-X-direction side.(also referred to as second limits unit for second equipment side restriction element 620 and the second box side restricted part 220
Part 220) engagement, with motion of the constrained box 20 in+Z-direction.As described above, box 20 is being installed along moving for+Z-direction
In state by its+X-direction end and its-both X-direction ends limit.
(the second box side restricted part 220 connects second lock position 620L in the position with the second equipment side restriction element 620
Touch) it is used as pivotal point, box 20 is installed to keeper 60 and unloads from keeper 60 around the pivot point.In other words,
Box 20 rotates to carry out mounting and dismounting the second box lateral spacing along the plane parallel with Z axis and X-axis around the second lock position 620L
Rotation of the equipment side restriction element 620 of part processed 220 and second correspondingly as the box 20 for being used to installing or unloading box 20 is pivoted
Point.Box 20 will below be specifically described to the installation of keeper 60 and be unloaded.
As shown in figure 5, in installment state, the first lock position 810L is located on-Z-direction side away from the second locking position
620L is put at the position of Dz.The first box side restricted part 210 is this reduced by the pressure that box 20 is applied to from keeper 60
Power Ps and Pt and the probability that departs from from bonding part 810.Therefore box 20 can be stably retained in the installation site of design.
Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B show from box 20 power of the bar 80 being applied at the first lock position 810L.The of Fig. 6 A
One lock position 810L be located at the second lock position 620L-Z-direction side on state in, power F1 is applied everywhere from box 20
Bar 80 at the first lock position 810L.Fig. 6 B the first lock position 810L be located at the second lock position 620L+Z axis
In state on the side of direction, the bar 80 that power F2 is applied at the first lock position 810L from box 20.Illustrate in Fig. 6 A
Power F2 illustrated in power F1 and Fig. 6 B has identical size.
Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B schematically show the first lock position 810L, the second lock position 620L and rotary shaft 800c
The position relationship of (also referred to as " pivoting centre 800c ") in X-axis and Z axis relative to each other.Illustrate in Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B
Difference between two position relationships is differences of the second lock position 620L on Z axis.The arc illustrated in Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B
RT1 shows rotational trajectories of the first lock position 810L around rotary shaft 800c.The arc RT2 illustrated in Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B is illustrated
Rotational trajectories of the first lock position 810L around the second lock position 620L.
In the example for illustrating in fig. 6, the first lock position 810L be located at the second lock position 620L-Z-direction side
On, therefore power F1 (it is applied at the first lock position 810L along the tangential direction of arc RT2) has+X-direction vector
Component and+Z-direction vector component.Therefore power F1 be broken down into the vector components F1t along the tangential direction of arc RT1 and edge
The vector components F1r of the radial direction of arc RT1.
In the example for illustrating in fig. 6b, the first lock position 810L be located at the second lock position 620L+Z-direction side
On, therefore power F2 (it is applied at the first lock position 810L along the tangential direction of arc RT2) has-X-direction vector
Component and+Z-direction vector component.Therefore power F2 be broken down into the vector components F2t along the tangential direction of arc RT1 and edge
The vector components F2r of the radial direction of arc RT1.
If be clearly understood that by the comparison between accompanying drawing 6A and Fig. 6 B, when the size of power F1 is equal to the size of power F2
When (F1=F2), the first lock position 810L, the second lock position 620L and rotary shaft 800c position relationship relative to each other
Cause the vector components " F1t for the tangential direction along arc RT1<F2t ", and for along the radial direction side of arc RT1
To vector components " F1t>F2t”.Compared to the state illustrated in Fig. 6 B, the state in Fig. 6 A has from box 20 towards bar 80
The bigger force vector composition of rotary shaft 800c, and with along will make bar 80 around rotary shaft 800c clockwise (that is, from+Y
Direction of principal axis is observed) the less force vector composition of rotation direction.In other words, it is positioned at compared to by the first lock position 810L
Two lock position 620L+Z-direction side on, by the first lock position 810L be positioned at the second lock position 620L-Z axis side
The probability that the first box side restricted part 210 departs from from bonding part 810 is more effectively reduced to side.In any state,
Apply along+X-direction without power, with the release engagement the first lock position 810L at, therefore both states there is provided with
Lower advantage：Reduce the probability that the first box side restricted part 210 will depart from from bonding part 810.
A-3. the detailed composition of box：
Fig. 7 shows the solid of the structure of the box 20 of an example as box according to an embodiment of the invention
Figure.Fig. 8 is the upward view of box 20.Fig. 9 is the sectional view obtained along the line F8-F8 in Fig. 8.Figure 10 A and Figure 10 B show electricity
The concrete structure of road plate 40.Figure 10 A are the figures of the circuit board 40 of the direction viewing shown in the arrow F9 from by Fig. 9, and are schemed
10B is the figure of the circuit board 40 of the arrow F10 viewings from Figure 10 A.According to the present embodiment, X-axis, Y-axis and Z axis are represented and are being in
The axle on box 20 in installment state.In installment state+X-direction side box 20 before.Plane Yc illustrated in Fig. 8
It is the central plane of the Y direction length through width or box 20, and it is parallel with Z axis and X-axis (that is, ZX planes).In Fig. 8
Plane CX for illustrating is plane through central shaft C and parallel with Z axis and X-axis (that is, ZX planes).
As shown in fig. 7, box 20 includes accommodating ink chamber 200, housing 22, ink feed structure 280, the circuit board 40 of ink
With the first box side restricted part 210.Box 20 is installed to keeper 60 along installation direction SD, and the installation direction is-Z-direction
(vertically downward direction in embodiment).The concrete direction of box 20 or attitude are one during box 20 is actually inserted into keeper 60
As do not fix.During box 20 is installed to keeper 60, box 20 can be inclined relative to Z axis.However, tight before the mounting
The state that connects and in installment state, ink feed structure 280 receives the printing material with the central shaft C parallel with Z axis
Supply pipe 640 so that the concrete direction of box 20 is limited by printing material supply pipe 640, and therefore substantially along Z-direction pair
It is accurate.For this reason, and because the general direction that moves when being installed in keeper 60 of box 20 is along-Z-direction,
So-Z-direction is considered the installation direction of box 20.Due to same cause ,+Z-direction is considered box 20
What is overflowed from keeper 60 removes direction RD (Fig. 9).Because-Z axis and+Z-direction are rightabouts, installation direction SD
Rightabout is considered with direction RD is removed.
Housing 22 (also referred to as " box body 22 ") defines the inner space of the ink chamber 200 including box 20.Housing 22
Also at least a portion of the outer wall surface of box 20 is formed, and can be made up of synthetic resin, such as polypropylene (PP).Box 20
It is the rectangular prism or generally rectangular parallelepiped-shaped of the side with congruence.The a part of of housing 22 can be by resin
Film is made.
Box 20 has length (X-direction length), width (Y direction length) and height (Z-direction length), wherein growing
Degree, height and width reduce according to this order.However, the magnitude relationship of the length of box 20, width and height is not limited to this
Sequentially, but can be arbitrarily to be determined；For example, height, length and width can be reduced with this order, or height, length
Can be equal to each other with width.
The housing 22 of box 20 includes the first wall or bottom 201, the second wall or top 202, the 3rd wall or the anterior 203, the 4th
Wall or rear portion 204, the 5th wall 205, the 6th wall 206, and connection wall 209.Connection wall 209 includes the 7th wall 207 and the 8th wall
208 (Fig. 9).First to the 8th wall 201-208 defines the inner space of the ink chamber 200 including box 20.In the following description,
Be assigned to the first to the 8th wall symbol 201 to 208 be also used to represent constitute box 20 housing 22 wall outer surface
(that is, first to octahedral 201-208).Outer surface (first to the octahedral) 201-208 of the first to the 8th wall is substantially planar.
" substantially planar " not only represents perfect flat surfaces, but can be including with the slightly irregular plane in part.In other words,
But " substantially planar " includes having part slightly irregular the face of housing 22 that is still being recognizable as box 20 or putting down for wall
Face.
First face 201 (the first wall), the second face 202 (the second wall), the 3rd face 203 (the 3rd wall), fourth face 204 the (the 4th
Wall), the 5th face 205 (the 5th wall) and hexahedro 206 (the 6th walls) are also respectively referred to as bottom surface 201 (diapire), top surface 202
(roof), front 203 (antetheca), the back side 204 (rear wall), left surface 205 (left wall) and right flank 206 (right wall).The appearance of wall
Face can also be called anterior 203, rear portion 204, top 202 and bottom 201, or be called the first to the 4th surface,
Wherein first surface represents anterior 203, and second surface represents rear portion 204, and the 3rd surface represents top 202, and the 4th surface
Represent bottom 201.
First face 201 and the second face 202 are relative to each other in the Z-axis direction.First face 201 is located at-Z-direction side on, and
Second face 202 is located at+Z-direction side on.3rd face 203 and fourth face 204 are relative to each other in the X-axis direction.3rd 203, face
On+X-direction side, and fourth face 204 be located at-X-direction side on.5th face the 205 and the hexahedro 206th in the Y-axis direction that
This is relative.5th face 205 is located at+Y direction side on, and the hexahedro 206th be located at-Y direction side on.
According to the present embodiment, the first face 201 on-Z-direction side forms bottom surface in installment state.First face
201 is parallel with X-axis and Y-axis and vertical with Z axis X/Y plane.First face 201 is horizontal plane in installment state.
The second face 202 on+Z-direction side forms top surface in installment state.Second face 202 and the first face 201
It is relative and parallel with the first face 201.Second face 202 is parallel with X-axis and Y-axis and vertical with Z axis plane (X/Y plane).
Second face 202 is horizontal plane in installment state.
The 3rd face 203 on+X-direction side forms side in installment state.3rd face 203 is perpendicular to the first face
201 and second face 202, and be parallel with Y-axis and Z axis and vertical with X-axis plane (YZ planes).In the 3rd face 203
Bian Zhong, is referred to as " 290 when first " positioned at most-Z-direction side while 290, and the quilt of side 291 on most+Z-direction side
Referred to as " the second side 291 ".In illustration herein, the statement of " two faces intersect each other or intersect " not only represents two face realities
State intersected with each other on border, is also represented by the elongated surfaces in state that the elongated surfaces in a face intersect with another face and two faces
The state for intersecting each other.
Fourth face 204 on-X-direction side install or placement state in form side.Fourth face 204 and first
The face 202 of face 201 and second is vertical.Fourth face 204 is parallel with the 3rd face 203.Fourth face 204 be it is vertical with Y-axis and Z axis and with
The parallel plane of X-axis (YZ planes).
The 5th face 205 on+Y direction side and the on-Y direction side the hexahedro 206th is in installment state
Form side.5th face the 205 and the hexahedro 206th is vertical with first to fourth face 201-204.5th face 205 and the hexahedro 206th is
Parallel with X-axis and Z axis and vertical with Y-axis plane (XZ planes).Hexahedro 206th is parallel with the 5th face 205.
As shown in figure 9, joint face 209 is connected the first face 201 with the 3rd face 203.7th face 207 of joint face 209 with
First face 201 is vertical, and is the plane (YZ plane) parallel with Y-axis and Z axis.Erect for 201 one-tenth relative to the first face in 7th face 207
Squareness is aligned, and can be called " step ".In other words, the 7th face 207 is prolonged from the first face 201 along+Z-direction
Stretch.7th face 207 be located at octahedral 208-X-direction side and-Z-direction side.Octahedral 208 is connected in the 7th face 207
3rd face 203.Octahedral 208 is to the inclined inclination in direction including+X-direction vector components and-Z-direction vector components
Surface.Octahedral 208 to the first face 201 and the 3rd face 203 incline.Octahedral 208 is perpendicular to the 5th face 205 and the hexahedro 206th.
In other words, octahedral 208 is to X/Y plane and YZ planar tilts, and vertically with XZ planes.Octahedral 208 has from octahedral
208 board installation member 208T outwardly.
First to hexahedro 201-206 relation represents that the direction that faces in the first face 201 and the second face 202 is Z-direction,
The direction that faces of the 3rd face 203 and fourth face 204 is X-direction, and the direction that faces in the 5th face the 205 and the hexahedro 206th is Y
Direction of principal axis.
As shown in fig. 7, circuit board 40 is preferably mounted on the board installation member 208T of octahedral 208.With octahedral
208 are similar to, and circuit board 40 has and incline to the direction including+X-direction vector components and-Z-direction vector components or (another
Outer saying) terminal support structure in the slope 408.In the present embodiment, terminal support structure 408 includes the table of circuit board 40
Face.Terminal support structure 408 to the first face 201 and the 3rd face 203 incline.The face 205 and the 5th of terminal support structure 408 and the 5th
Face 205 is vertical.In other words, terminal support structure 408 is to X/Y plane and YZ planar tilts and vertical with XZ planes.Terminal
Bearing structure 408 is also referred to as " inclined-plane terminal support structure " or " chamfered surface ".Therefore, in the present embodiment, circuit board 40
Surface be considered " chamfered surface ".Terminal support structure 408 has box side terminal 400, itself and contact mechanism 70
Equipment side terminal contacts (Fig. 2).Inclined angle preferably between 0 degree and 90 degree, more preferably 20 degree with 50 degree it
Between, and most preferably from about 25 degree to 40 degree.
Figure 42 A and Figure 42 B show the wiping amount of the terminal on circuit board 40 carried out by equipment side terminal relative to
The relation of the inclination angle phi of circuit board 40.The inclination angle phi of circuit board 40 is represented from before the installation direction of ink feed structure 280
Angle between plane 110p and the plane of the terminal 400 for wherein arranging circuit board 40 of edge extension.Limited by terminal 400
Plane be both not orthogonal to plane 1110p, it is also not perpendicular.Inclination angle phi is usually acute angle (less than 90 degree).In this enforcement
In example, plane 110p extended from installation direction leading edge is parallel with the bottom surface 201 of box 20.Equally, wherein arranging terminal 400
Plane be arranged to it is parallel with the plate surface of circuit board 40.Therefore, in the present embodiment, inclination angle phi is equal to the bottom surface of box 20
Angle between 201 and the plate surface of circuit board 40.In the present embodiment, the about 0.7mm of circuit board 40 is thick.Terminal 400 about 5
Micron is thick, and is arranged on circuit board 40.The thickness of terminal 400 is little to negligible degree, therefore circuit board 40
What surface (including surface of terminal 400) substantially flushed.Therefore, (it includes in the present embodiment electricity to terminal support structure 408
The surface of road plate 40) generally within terminal (contact portion) plane TP described in hereafter.Even if circuit board 40 is not present,
The only possible presence unevenness of equal value with the thickness of terminal 400.Therefore, for simplicity, terminal support structure 408 can be with
" plane limited by terminal " or " terminal plane " is interchangeable uses.When mentioning terminal 431- with regard to terminal support structure 408
During 439 contact portion cp, term " plane limited by contact portion " or " contact portion plane " can also be used alternatively.
During installing or disposing box 20, as shown in Figure 24 to Figure 27, the front 203 (first surface) of box 20 is in the back of the body around box 20
It is travel downwardly in the state of the slightly pivotal rotation of face 204 (second surface).In this process, circuit board 40 slightly rotates simultaneously
And contact with equipment side contacts formation component (equipment side terminal) 731-739 on terminal base 709 so that each box side
Sub- 431-439 forms component 731-739 and wipes by equipment side contacts.Carried out on circuit board 40 by corresponding equipment side terminal
The wiping of terminal suitably removes dust or oxide in the terminal surfaces being coated on circuit board 40, so as to enhance electricity
Conductivity (electrical connection).
Figure 42 A to diagrammatically show the wiping for forming terminal of the component on circuit board 40 by corresponding equipment side contacts long
Degree (wiping amount) is used as vertical coordinate, and plate inclination angle phi is used as abscissa.It is assumed hereinafter that on the basis of calculated：From box
20 second surface 204 (surface afterwards) arrives along the X direction the ground terminal contacted with corresponding equipment side ground terminal 737
437 contact portion apart from L0 be 63mm.In general, bigger plate inclination angle phi causes plate surface to put down closer to vertical
Face, and increased wiping amount.In order to effectively remove dust or oxide in the terminal surfaces being coated on circuit board 40,
Wiping amount is preferably no less than 1mm.According to the diagram of Figure 42 A, plate inclination angle phi is preferably no less than 25 degree, to guarantee wiping amount
Not less than 1mm.
Figure 43 A show a case that to consider prevent box half insert by equipment side ground terminal 737 apply upwards
The relation of power F and plate inclination angle phi.Similar with the calculating of Figure 42 A, the calculating of Figure 43 A also gives the vacation that 63mm is equal to apart from L0
If.The weight (including the weight of ink) of box is assumed to be 30 grams.The value is the box of the ink-jet printing apparatus used for family
Standard weights.As shown in figure 25, the bonding part 810 of " half insertion of box " indication rod 80 is just positioned at the side of elastic component 682
State, i.e. and then complete engage before state.The state of this half insertion is also referred to as " half engages ".Half
In engagement state, multiple equipment side contacts form only equipment side ground terminal 737 among component 731-739 and apply to circuit board 40
Power upwards.It should be noted that in the printing equipment that figure 1 illustrates, keeper 60 does not have lid.When user is in half engagement state
In when loosing one's grip, box 20 can be maintained at half engagement state.Diagrammatically show for Figure 43 A is applied by equipment side ground terminal 737
Power upwards with the result of calculation of this half insertion of keeping box 20.Figure 43 B show power F upwards and plate inclination angle phi
Relation.
In half engagement state of Figure 26, the power upwards applied by equipment side ground terminal 737 is from equipment side joint ground
Terminal 737 is applied to the +Z direction vector components of the power of circuit board 40 (and box 20) (in the present embodiment to swear straight up
Amount composition).When the ground terminal 437 of circuit board 40 presses to equipment side ground terminal 737, along the plate table with circuit board 40
Exerting pressure for the vertical direction in face be applied to ground terminal 437 by the elastic force of equipment side ground terminal 737.Figure 43 A are upwards
Power calculating be based on equipment side ground terminal 737 the F0 that exerts pressure be along the direction vertical with plate surface 0.2N hypothesis
Come carry out.Because power F (=F0 × cos φ) upwards is the +Z direction vector components of F0 of exerting pressure, the dotted line in such as Figure 43 B
Shown, when plate inclination angle phi=0, F=F0=0.2N sets up.As plate inclination angle phi changes, power F upwards is according to curve F
=F0 × cos φ change.The curve of Figure 43 A is curve F=F0 × cos φ.As plate inclination angle phi increases (φ is close 90 degree),
The close XZ planes of plate surface and reduction power F upwards.Balance with the box 20 apart from L0 and 30 gram of weight with 63mm
Power FB upwards be about 0.15N (thick horizontal position in Figure 43 A).This represents that the power upwards not less than 0.15N is caused
Box 20 can straight up be pressed by equipment side ground terminal 737.In order to ensure the power upwards not less than 0.15N, such as pass through
Figure 43 A are clearly understood that plate inclination angle phi is preferably not more than 40 degree.
When user looses one's grip in half engagement state of Figure 26, box 20 can be maintained in half engagement state.If however,
The plate inclination angle phi as shown in Figure 43 A is arranged to no more than 40 degree, then when user looses one's grip in half engagement state, then equipment
Side ground terminal 737 presses the front 203 of box 20 along +Z direction (upward direction).This is clearly by box from the junction surface of bar 80
Divide 810 to separate, and contribute to the installation that user has found failure.From this point of view, preferably plate inclination angle phi is set to not
More than 40 degree.
Figure 44 and Figure 45 to show and have larger sized box in X-direction compared to the size of the box in Figure 42 A and Figure 43 A
Feature.Although assuming that box has apart from L0=63mm in Figure 42 A and Figure 43 A, it is assumed that the box tool in Figure 44 and Figure 45
Have apart from L0=88mm.Similar with the calculating of Figure 43 A, the calculating of the power upwards of Figure 45 is the weight based on F0=0.2N and box
Amount is the hypothesis of 30g (including the weight of ink).Such as can will be apparent that what is understood by the result of Figure 44, the result with Figure 42 A
Similar, in order to ensure wiping amount is not less than 1mm, plate inclination angle phi is preferably no less than 25 degree.Although relative to the calculating of Figure 43 A
In 63mm, in the calculating of Figure 45 be 80mm apart from L0, with the power upwards of the balance of the box 20 with 30 grams of weight almost
And about 0.15N equal with Figure 43 (the thick horizontal position in Figure 45).Such as reason can be will be apparent that by the result of Figure 45
Solution, it is similar with the result of Figure 43 A, in order to prevent half engagement of box, plate inclination angle phi to be preferably not more than 40 degree.
By the characteristic for considering Figure 42 A to Figure 45 discussed above, preferably plate inclination angle phi is set to not less than 25
Spend and no more than 40 degree.
Even if the exerting pressure of the increase of equipment side ground terminal 737 also ensures that enough under bigger plate inclination angle phi
Power upwards.In which case it is preferable to exerting pressure for equipment side ground terminal 737 is set to use by ground with plate inclination angle phi
When family is loosed one's grip in half engagement state from box 20 so that box 20 press upwards by being exerted pressure for equipment side ground terminal 737
And change the value to disengaged position from hardened conjunction state.
7th face 207 and terminal support structure 408 form a part for the outer surface of box 20.More specifically, the 7th face 207
With the part that terminal support structure 408 forms the angle part 265 for connecting in the first face 201 and the 3rd face 203, wherein, first
The part of face and third surface shape into the outer surface of box 20.In order to more fully understand, in fig .9 angle part 265 is illustrated by thick line.
3rd face 203 and angle part 265 in box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60 with the first equipment side side of keeper 60
Wall member 603 (Figure 14) is relative, as described below.Therefore 3rd face 203 and angle part 265 are called " the first phase
To outer wall surface ".(the figure of the second equipment side side wall member 604 with keeper 60 as described below in installment state of fourth face 204
15) it is relative.Therefore fourth face 204 is called " the second opposite outer wall surfaces ".
As shown in Figure 10 A, circuit board 40 has in the boss groove 401 of+Z-direction end and in-Z-direction side
The boss hole 402 of end.Circuit board 40 is fixed to the octahedral 208 of box 20 by means of boss groove 401 and boss hole 402.Root
According to the present embodiment, boss groove 401 and boss hole 402 be arranged on through in the width (length in Y direction) of box 20
At the intersecting position of plane Yc of centre.According in another embodiment, at least one of boss groove 401 and boss hole 402 can be with
Save from circuit board 40, and circuit board 40 can be by binding agent or the engagement pawl being arranged on octahedral 208 (not illustrating)
To be fixed to octahedral 208.
As shown in figs. 10 a and 10b, circuit board 40 include being arranged on box side terminal 400 on terminal support structure 408 with
And memory cell 420 overleaf on 409 is set.Terminal support structure 408 and the back side 409 are planes.Pacify in circuit board 40
In being attached to the installment state of box 20, the part or side positioned at highest distance position on+Z-direction side of terminal support structure 408 are claimed
Make plate end 405.
Box side terminal 400 includes nine terminals 431 to 439.Memory cell 420 stores the information of the ink with regard to box 20
(for example, the surpluses and ink color of ink).Box side terminal 400 is electrical conductivity, and be may be connected to as box
The electronic installation of 20 part.As used herein, electronic installation can indicate transistor, sensor or storage device,
Or those skilled in the art it is conceivable that other produce electric currents or the device powered by electric current.
As shown in Figure 10 A, nine box side terminal 431-439 are similar to rectangular shape, and be arranged as substantially with installation
Two direction SD vertical rows.Substantially vertical row extends along the width (Y direction) of box 20.Relative to installation in two rows
The row that direction SD is located behind is referred to as first end sub-line R1 (descending R1), is referred to as in front-seat row relative to installation direction SD
Second terminal row R2 (up R2).First end sub-line R1 and Second terminal row R2 have in the Z-axis direction diverse location.More specifically
Ground, first end sub-line R1 be located at Second terminal row R2-Z-direction side on.In terminal 431 to 439 each all at its center
With contact portion cp, it contacts with contact mechanism 70.First end sub-line R1 and Second terminal row R2 may be considered that by many
The line that individual contact portion cp is formed.
Terminal 431-439 can be by according to calling with their function or using corresponding following title.In order to
Terminal on printer 50 is distinguished, and word " box side " can be by the prefix as each title.For example, " ground terminal 437 " can
To be referred to as " box side ground terminal 437 ".
<First end sub-line R1>
(1) detection terminal 435 (the first terminal) is installed；
(2) power supply terminal 436；
(3) ground terminal 437；
(4) data terminal 438；And
(5) detection terminal 439 (Second terminal) is installed
<Second terminal row R2>
(6) detection terminal 431 (third terminal) is installed；
(7) reseting terminal 432；
(8) clock terminal 433；And
(9) detection terminal 434 (forth terminal) is installed.
Contact portion cp of the terminal 435-439 in first end sub-line R1 and the terminal 431- on Second terminal row R2
434 contact portion cp is typically arranged alternately, or more specifically with zigzag arrangement.
Four install detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 be used to detect to be arranged on it is corresponding in contact mechanism 70
Good/intersection the electrical contact of equipment side terminal so that printer 50 can detect whether box 20 is properly installed keeper
60 design and installation position.This four terminal 431,434,435 and 439 is together referred to as " installation detection terminal ".According to this reality
Example is applied, four box side terminals 431,434,435 and 439 are electrically connected to each other in circuit board 40.When box 20 is installed to keeper
When 60, these terminals 431,434,435 and 439 are electrically connected with the earth lead (not shown) on printer 50 via ground terminal 437
Connect.Will be described below by using four installation methods of the detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 to detect installation.
Other five box side terminals 432,433,436,437 and 438 are for the terminal of memory cell 420.This five
Thus terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438 is called " memorizer terminal ".
Reseting terminal 432 receives reset signal RST that be provided to memory cell 420.Clock terminal 433 is received will
It is provided to clock signal SCK of memory cell 420.Power supply terminal 436 receives the electricity that be provided to memory cell 420
Source voltage VDD (for example, the rated voltage of 3.3V).Ground terminal 437 receives the ground connection electricity that be provided to memory cell 420
Pressure VSS (0V).Data terminal 438 receives data signal SDA that be provided to memory cell 420.
As the first terminal 435 for installing one of detection terminal include being located at box side terminal 400 most+Y direction side on
The first outside 435P.As the Second terminal 439 for installing one of detection terminal include being located at box side terminal 400 most-Y-axis side
To the second outside 439P on side.Include being located at Second terminal line R most as the third terminal 431 for installing one of detection terminal
The 3rd outside 431P on+Y direction side.Include being located at Second terminal as the forth terminal 434 for installing one of detection terminal
Line R most-Y direction side on the 4th outside 434P.In this embodiment, the first to the 4th outside 435P, 439P, 431P,
434P is the basic straight edge of respective terminal and extends substantially along Z-direction, but this should not be taken as limiting.Example
Such as, edge can be bending, and can extend along not parallel with Z-direction direction, such as to Figure 41 A and Figure 41 B
Example in terminal 431,434 shown in, and the outside of terminal is still construed as edge along the outermost of Y direction
Part.
Between contact portion cp of box side terminal 400, center in the Y-axis direction has the ground connection of contact portion cp
Terminal 437 is arranged at the position intersected with plane Yc in width (Y direction length) central authorities through box 20.Other terminals
Contact portion cp of 431-436,438 and 439 is arranged to be axle pair relative to the reticule of plane Yc and ground terminal 437
Claim.Ground terminal 437 be configured to during box 20 to be installed to keeper 60 other boxes side terminal 431-436,438
Contact mechanism 70 is contacted before with 439.Therefore, before and after box is fully assembled, it is applied to electricity from keeper 60 first
Width or the basic center of Y direction length produced substantially in box 20 of exerting pressure of road plate 40.This prevent and be applied to electricity
Exerting pressure for road plate 40 plays a role and box 20 is inclined to Y direction, and so that box 20 is installed in the peace of design
Holding position.Ground terminal 437 is this with the contact mechanism 70 of keeper 60 before other terminals 431-436,438 and 439
Contact, even if when undesirable high voltage is applied to box 20, also can advantageously be prevented by the grounding function of ground terminal 437
Only or reduce problem and the failure that high voltage causes.
According to the present embodiment, ground terminal 437 is formed along Z-direction than other terminals 431-436,438 and 439 more
It is long.Which ensure that the contact of ground terminal 437 and the contact mechanism 70 of keeper 60.According to another embodiment, circuit board 40
On whole box side terminal 431-439 can be formed as same size.
As shown in figure 9, ink feed structure 280 is from the first face 201 along-Z-direction protrusion.Ink feed structure 280
Connect via printing material flow path 282 with ink chamber 200.Ink feed structure 280 is supplied with the printing material of printer 50
Should pipe 640 (Fig. 5) connection, will be received in ink chamber 200 in ink feed 540 (Fig. 1) to the end.In other words, ink feed
Structure 280 is opened laterally, will be received in ink chamber 200 in ink feed to outside box 20.Such as can be seen by Fig. 5 A
Arrive, ink feed structure 280 need not be projected from the first face 201.Additionally, in one embodiment, it can be with the first face
201 flush or are substantially flush.In such an embodiment, when box 20 is mounted, printing material supply pipe 640 is raised with immediately
First face.
Ink feed structure 280 be arranged on the first face 201 compared to close 3rd face 203 closer to fourth face
204 position.Distance between the outer surface of ink feed structure 280 and the 3rd face 203 along X-direction is correspondingly greater than ink
The distance between outer surface and fourth face 204 of water supply structure 280.
Ink feed structure 280 has open periphery end.It is called out on the surface of the opening periphery end
Surface 288 is put, or is alternatively referred to as installation direction leading edge, and horizontal plane is defined in installment state.That is, open
It is leading edge (X/Y plane) of the box on installation direction SD to put surface 288, and defines that the XY axle parallel with X-axis and Y-axis is put down
Face.
Resin foam 284 open surface 288+Z-direction side on position at or specifically in printing material
It is arranged in ink feed structure 280 at the position of the material contact of flow path 282.According to this city example, before shipping box 20,
The open surface 288 of ink feed structure 280 is sealed by containment member (not shown, such as cap or film).Box 20 is being installed to
During keeper 60, the containment member (not shown) for sealing open surface 288 is removed from box 20.
According to the present embodiment, ink feed structure 280 is in the shape centered on the central shaft C of printing material supply pipe 640
Along-Z-direction protrusion under state.According to another embodiment, the central authorities of ink feed structure 280 can supply from printing material
The central shaft C of pipe 640 deviates.According to the present embodiment, the open surface 288 of ink feed structure 280 is by along-Z-direction
Observation is formed relative to the housing of multiple axisymmetricals parallel with X-axis and Y-axis.According to another embodiment, ink feed knot
The open surface 288 of structure 280 can be formed by asymmetric housing, and can have the installation direction front for defining plane
Edge.Open surface 288 from Z-direction observation is the rectangular shape of chamfering according to the present embodiment, but can according to other embodiment
With with any other suitable shape, for example, accurately circular, oval, oval, square or rectangle.
As shown in Figure 9 A, plane BP is formed by the installation direction leading edge of the open surface 288 of ink feed structure 280
Plane.It is the distance between bonding part 212 of plane BP and the first restricted part 210 apart from A.Apart from B be plane BP with
The distance between bonding part of second restricted part 220.It is the pivotal point of plane BP and bar 80 around rotary shaft 800c apart from C
Distance.As seen in figure 9 a, when along the orientation measurement orthogonal with plane BP, plane BP and the second box lateral spacing system
The distance between the bonding part of part 220 B more than between plane BP and the bonding part 212 of the first restricted part 210 away from
From A.When along the orientation measurement orthogonal with plane BP, between the bonding part 212 of plane BP and the first restricted part 210
Apart from A plane BP and bar 80 are less than around the pivotal point of rotary shaft 800c apart from C.In addition as shown in Figure 9 A, plane TP is by oblique
The plane that face terminal support structure 408 is formed, in the present embodiment it is parallel with inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 itself, and
In order to simple, terminal support structure 408 can be used to simply plane TP.Plane TP it is neither parallel with plane BP and also with plane
BP is vertical.Terminal support structure 408 has box side terminal 400, and it is contacted (Fig. 2) with the equipment side terminal of contact mechanism 70.
As shown in fig. 7, the first box side restricted part 210 is arranged on the 3rd face 203.First box side restricted part 210
Be positioned at ink feed structure 280 and circuit board 40+Z-direction side and+X-direction side on.First box side restricted part 210
By the locking of bar 80 (Fig. 2), with the motion of constrained box 20 in the mounted state.First box side restricted part 210 is configured to from
Three faces 203 are along+(outside) the prominent projection of X-direction.First box side restricted part 210 is positioned at along Z-direction to be compared
In close second while 291 closer to first while 290 position.According to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 is orientated as and faced
Nearly first side 290.
First box side restricted part 210 includes the Part I 212 extended along Y direction (width), from first
The Part II 214 that part 212 extends along+Z-direction (direction straight up), and from Part I 212 along-Z axis
The Part III 215 that direction (vertically downward direction) extends.As described above ,+Z-direction (direction straight up) is substantially removed
Direction RD, and with substantially installation direction SD-Z-direction (vertically downward direction) is contrary.In installment state, first or
Bonding part 212 engages with the bonding part 810 of bar 80, with the motion of constrained box 20.Part II 214 is arranged in box 20
It is installed in the state of keeper 60 by the expectation part locking Part I 212 of bar 80.
Part I 212 includes stopping surface 211 and as the second butting section as the first box side chain of the first bearing part
The the second box side chain for dividing stops surface 213.First box side chain stops surface 211 towards+Z-direction.Second box side chain stops the face of surface 213
To+X-direction.Part III 215 is contacted with the side 290 of Part I 212 and first.
Box 20 also includes the second box side restricted part 220 being arranged on fourth face 204, is arranged on the 3rd face 203
Jut 260 and the 3rd box side restriction element 250 being arranged on the 7th face 207.
Second box side restricted part 220 is configured to the jut projected along-X-direction from fourth face 204.Second box
Side restricted part 220 is inserted in the second equipment side restriction element 620 (Fig. 3) of the form of the through hole with keeper 60.With
Family during box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or is unloaded from it, by box 20 around being inserted into the second equipment side restriction element
The second box side restricted part 220 of 620 (Fig. 2) is rotated.In other words, the second equipment side restriction element 620 is used as by box 20
The guiding piece for being installed to keeper 60 or unloading from it.This contributes to for box 20 being installed to keeper 60 or unloads from it.
In the installment state of box 20, the second box side restricted part 220 by the locking of the second equipment side restriction element 620, with constrained box 20
Motion in installment state.Second box side restricted part 220 be located at ink feed structure 280 and circuit board 40+Z-direction
On side and-X-direction side.
Jut 260 on the 3rd face 203 be located at the first box side restricted part 210+Z-direction side on.According to this
Embodiment, jut 260 be located at the 3rd face 203 on including the second side 291 most+Z-direction position (uppermost position) place.
3rd box side restriction element 250 is configured to from the both sides of the Y direction in the 7th face 207 along+X-direction protrusion
A pair of haunched members (limiting wall).The jut 636 (Fig. 2) that this reception of a pair of haunched members 250 is plugged into, and with
The collaborative work of jut 636, the motion in the mounted state in the Y-axis direction of constrained box 20.
Figure 11 is the rearview of box 20.The second box side restricted part 220 is described referring in particular to Figure 11.Second box side limiting unit
220 are divided to include as restriction locking surface 222, the restriction of chamfered surface 224, first side 226 and second for limiting locking element
Limit side 228.
Locking surface 222 is limited towards+Z-direction and horizontal plane is formed in installment state.Limit locking surface 222
Contact with the second equipment side restriction element 620 (Fig. 3), using as the rotation being rotated to from keeper 60 in box 20 when unloading
Pivotal point.
Locking surface 222 is limited in installment state by the locking of the second equipment side restriction element 620, with constrained box 20 in peace
Motion in dress state in+Z-direction.Limit locking surface 222 to be arranged on and the width (Y direction length) through box 20
Center plane Yc intersect and the position vertical with plane Yc at.As shown in figure 5, in the installment state of box 20, box
20 receive from keeper 60 and include-the Ps and Pt that exerts pressure of+Z-direction vector components.Limit locking surface 222 to be applied by these
Pressure Ps and pt press towards the second equipment side restriction element 620.Second equipment side restriction element 620 therefore with parallel to Y-axis
The restriction locking surface 222 in direction contacts.Box 20 is this reduced in installment state around the inclined probability of X-axis.
Chamfered surface 224 is connected with housing 22, and to the side including +Z direction vector components and -X direction vector components
To inclination.This enables restriction locking surface 222 to be smoothly directed to during box 20 to be installed to keeper 60
Second equipment side restriction element 620.
First the second box side restricted part 220 of restriction side 226 formation-Y direction side.Second limits side 228
Formed the second box side restricted part 220+Y direction side.First restriction side 226 is the plane towards-Y direction, and
And second restriction side 228 be plane towards+Y direction.It is difference that first restriction side 226 and second limits side 228
The plane parallel with X-direction and Z-direction.First and second limit side 226 and 228 and the second equipment side restriction element
620 interfere, with the motion in the Y-axis direction of constrained box 20 in the installment state of box 20.
Figure 12 is the front view of box 20.Below with reference to Figure 12 the first box side restricted parts 210 more particularly described below.First
Box side restricted part 210 is arranged at the position intersected with plane Yc.First box side chain stops surface 211 and is arranged on and the friendship of plane Yc
At fork and the position vertical with plane Yc.
First box side chain stops surface 211 and is not located at outside, but when from the side of the 3rd face 203 along-X-direction observation box 20
When, it is located in Y direction (width) in scope 40Y between the first outside 435P and the second outside 439P.According to this
Embodiment, including the first box side chain stops the first box side restricted part 210 on surface 211 and is not located at outside, but positioned at scope 40Y
It is interior.In other words, the first box side restricted part 210 is located at by dummy line 435PL including the first outside 435P and including outside second
In the region that second dummy line 439PL of portion 439P is limited.Dummy line 435PL and the second dummy line 439PL are along Z-direction
The straight line of extension.
Figure 13 is the left side view of box 20.The position relationship of each component of box 20 is described with reference to Figure 13.3rd face 203 with
The cross part that inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 intersects is called " cross part 295 ".For above in connection with term " intersection "
Description, the cross part that the 3rd face 203 intersects with inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 not only includes actual face 203 with terminal supporting knot
The cross part of structure 408, also including one of face 203 and terminal support structure 408 and face 203 and terminal support structure 408
The cross part of the elongated surfaces of another one, or the cross part of face 203 and terminal support structure 408 both elongated surfaces.Cross part
295 is the line parallel with Y-axis.According to the present embodiment, cross part 295 be located at from the 3rd face 203 along-Z-direction extend it is flat
Face.Cross part 295 be correspondingly positioned in the 3rd face 203-Z-direction side on.It is long along Z-direction on the 3rd face 203
Midpoint (or more specifically, the cross part and the second face 202 and the 3rd face 203 of the 3rd face 203 and contact portion plane TP of degree
Cross part between midpoint) be called midpoint 203P.
First box side restricted part 210 is located proximate to cross part 295.First box side restricted part 210 can also be recognized
To be to be positioned adjacent to terminal support structure 408 and close plate end 405.This represents that first box side restricted part 210 can be with
Fully closer to box side terminal 400, or more specifically, the portion engaged with equipment side lever of the first box side restricted part 210
The cross part compared to close top surface 202 and front 203 point be may be located at closer at the position of contact portion cp.First box side
Restricted part 210 be preferably provided in the 3rd face 203 compared to close second while 291 closer to first while 290 particular portion
On point, or more specifically, the part engaged with equipment side lever of the first box side restricted part 210 is located at compared to close top surface
202 and front 203 cross part closer at the position of cross part 295, its scope on the side 290 from midpoint 203P to first
It is interior.Particularly preferably the first box side restricted part 210 is arranged at close enough or immediately the first side 290 position.Such as this
In used, " immediately " can represent " close ", " close " or " being in contact with it thereon ".As described above, the first box lateral spacing
The part engaged with equipment side lever of part processed 210 is located at hand over closer compared to the cross part in close top surface 202 and front 203
At the position of fork 295 and/or close contact portion cp.Although in the present embodiment, as described above, top surface 202 and front 203
Cross part be in fig. 13 by 291 represent positions, but the cross part need not when two surfaces it is actually intersected with each other
Position, but can be the position that a face intersects with the elongated surfaces in another face, or the elongated surfaces in two faces are intersected with each other
Position, as shown in the dotted line in the embodiment of Figure 35 A and Figure 35 D.In the present embodiment, the 3rd face 203 and contact portion are flat
The distance between the cross part in the cross part of face TP and the second face 202 and the 3rd face 203 is about 20mm.3rd face 203 and contact
First box side chain of the cross part of part planar TP and the first box side restricted part 210 stops the distance between surface 211 about
16mm。
The live part of the concrete position for constrained box side terminal 400 of the first box side restricted part 210 is the first box
Side chain stops surface 211.It is therefore preferred to the first box side chain is stopped into surface 211 being positioned to as close possible to box side terminal 400.Omit
The Part III 215 of the first box side restricted part 210 and and orientate Part I 212 as contact first side 290 and cause
First box side chain stops surface 211 can be closer to cross part 295 or plate end 405.
Figure 13 is also shown for X-direction scope 250X and inclined-plane terminal support structure of the 3rd box side restriction element 250
408 X-direction scope 408X.As being clearly understood that by accompanying drawing, when from the side of the first face 201 along+Z-direction observation
During box 20, a part for the 3rd box side restriction element 250 is overlap in the X-axis direction with inclined-plane terminal support structure 408.
A-4. the concrete structure of keeper 60：
A-4-1. the general structure of keeper 60
Figure 14 and Figure 15 show the axonometric chart of the structure of keeper 60.Figure 16 shows the structure of keeper 60
Top view.Figure 17 is the sectional view obtained along the line F16-F16 of Figure 16.The jut 636 illustrated in Figure 14 to Figure 16 by from
Omit in the diagram of Figure 17.
As described above, the keeper 60 of printer 50 has five wall members 601,603,604,605 and 606, to be formed
Receive the depression box room 602 of box 20.Five wall members 601,603,604,605 and 606 are together referred to as, and " room forms wall member
600”.According to the present embodiment, five wall members 601,603,604,605 and 606 are resin board members, and by synthetic resin system
Into being more specifically made up of Noryl (m-PPE).
Wall member 601 forms the bottom surface of depression box room 602.Wall member 603,604,605 and 606 forms depression box room 602
Side.Wall member 601, wall member 603, wall member 604, wall member 605 and wall member 606 are respectively referred to as " equipment side bottom
Wall member 601 ", " the first equipment side side wall member 603 ", " the second equipment side side wall member 604 ", " the 3rd equipment side side wall structure
Part 605 " and " the 4th equipment side side wall member 606 ".
In printing material supply pipe 640 each and including in the contact mechanism 70 of equipment side terminal each all in wall structure
Arrange along X-direction on part 601.Printing material supply pipe 640 is positioned in the side of the second equipment side side wall member 604,
And contact mechanism 70 is positioned in the side of the first equipment side side wall member 603.In other words, the quilt of printing material supply pipe 640
It is arranged on compared to close wall member 603 closer at the position of wall member 604.Contact mechanism 70 is arranged on compared to close
Printing material supply pipe 640 is closer at the position of the first equipment side side wall member 603.
Elastomeric element 648 is arranged on wall member 601 around printing material supply pipe 640.As described in reference Fig. 5,
Box 20 is installed in the installment state of keeper 60, the ink feed structure 280 of the seal box 20 of elastomeric element 648 periphery and
Thus prevent ink from leaking into periphery from ink feed structure 280.It is installed in the installment state of keeper 60 in box 20, elasticity
Part 648 produces the Ps that exerts pressure (figures along the direction (along+Z-direction) that the pressing of ink feed structure 280 by box 20 is gone back
5)。
As shown in Figure 14 to Figure 16, keeper 60 has the opening through box room 602 in the upside relative with wall member 601
OP.When box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or unloads from it, box 20 passes through opening OP.
First equipment side side wall member 603 wall member 601+X-direction side on it is vertical relative to 601 one-tenth of wall member
Angle.According to the present embodiment, the first equipment side side wall member 603 most+X-direction side forms outer wall 603W.In printer 50
Use attitude in, outer wall 603W formed keeper 60 front.Orientation (Y-axis sides of the outer wall 603W along multiple boxes 20
To) extend.Bar 80 for installing or unloading box 20 is arranged on wall member 603.Bar 80 by via fixture 690 with removable
Mode fix, or more accurately rotatably, be fixed to wall member 603.In other words, bar 80 is fixed to be formed
The fixture 690 of a part for wall member 603.The rotary shaft of bar 80 is parallel with Y direction.
Fixture 690 is arranged on corner 600C (equipment side corner sections) place (Figure 17), and the first equipment side side wall member 603 is at this
Place intersects with bottom wall member 601.
As shown in figure 5, control member 830 be arranged on bar 80+Z-direction end.When user from+X-direction side towards-
When X-direction side presses to the control member 830 (that is, when user applies operating physical force Pr to control member 830), bar 80 is around rotation
Rotating shaft is rotated counterclockwise (from+Y direction observation).Bar 80 correspondingly revolves in the XZ planes parallel with X-direction and Z-direction
Turn.
Bar 80 is set to form the detached component in wall member 601,603,604,605 and 606 with room.Bar 80 is by synthetic resin
Make, be more specifically made up of polyformaldehyde (POM) according to the present embodiment.Bar 80 is firm with the specified level that be enough to locking rod 80
Property.More specifically, bar 80 preferably has by the power (for example, the power of 14.4N) applied from the box 20 in installment state substantially
The rigidity for not causing bar 80 to deform.For example, it is preferably little by applying the deformation of the bar 80 that the external force of 14.4N causes from box 20
In about 0.5mm.Bar 80 does not preferably have any elastically deformable part.This reduce in the installment state of box 20 bar 80 by
From the probability that the power of the applying of box 20 significantly deforms, and guarantee the equipment side terminal of box side terminal 400 and contact mechanism 70
Between stable electrical connection.There is provided and advantageously increased with the detached bar 80 of room formation wall member 601,603,604,605 and 606
The degree of freedom of the material of selector 80.
Referring back to Figure 14 to Figure 17, wall member 604 wall member 601-X-direction side on relative to wall member 601
Degree in a vertical angle.Wall member 604 is relative across box room 602 with wall member 603.According to the present embodiment, wall member 604 is in printer
The back side of keeper 60 is formed under 50 use attitude.Wall member 604 prolongs along the direction (Y direction) that multiple boxes 20 are arranged
Stretch.Second equipment side restriction element 620 is arranged on wall member 604.Second equipment side restriction element 620 is along X-direction
The through hole (Figure 17) for passing through.According to another embodiment, the second equipment side restriction element 620 can be opened to box room 602
Depression.
As discussed above concerning Fig. 5 descriptions, the second equipment side restriction element 620 is configured to and the second box side restricted part
220 engagements.Second equipment side restriction element 620 is used as the guiding piece for box 20 to be installed to keeper 60 or unload from it.
Second equipment side restriction element 620 the second box of locking side restricted part 220 in box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60.
More specifically, the second equipment side restriction element 620 is locked at the second box side restricted part 220 positioned at printing material supply pipe
640+Z-direction side and-X-direction side on the second lock position 620L.According to the present embodiment, the second equipment lateral spacing system unit
Part 620 is configured to through hole, and it has the size of the second box side restricted part 220 of reception, and stops surface with equipment side chain
622.It is the plane towards-Z-direction that equipment side chain stops surface 622, and to the restriction locking of the second box side restricted part 220
Surface 222 carries out locking (Figure 11).Equipment side chain stop surface 622+the box side restricted part 220 of X-direction end 624 and second
Contact, and therefore as the rotation pivotal point for box 20 to be write from keeper 60.
As shown in figure 17, the second equipment side side wall member 604 of keeper 60 has the second equipment lateral spacing system that is arranged on first
Part 620+Z-direction side on space 670.Work as box 20 there is provided space and be installed to keeper 60 or from it in space 670
When unloading, it is allowed to which box 20 rotates around the near zone of the second equipment side restriction element 620 as rotation pivotal point.According to this enforcement
Example, space 670 by the step institute being recessed in-X-direction from the second equipment side side wall member 604 along+Z-direction ladder
Formed.According to another embodiment, space 670 can by wall member 604 along+Z-direction in-X-direction little by little
The chamfered surface of reduction is formed.
As shown in Figure 14 to Figure 16, wall member 605 wall member 601-Y direction side on relative to 601 one-tenth of wall member
Vertical angle.According to the present embodiment, wall member 605 forms the right flank of keeper 60 under the use attitude of printer 50.Wall
Component 605 is connected with wall member 603 and 605.Wall member 605 along X-direction extend and with the orientation of multiple boxes 20
(Y direction) intersects.
Wall member 606 wall member 601+Y direction side on relative to the degree in a vertical angle of wall member 601.Wall member 606
It is relative with wall member 605 across box room 602.According to the present embodiment, wall member 606 forms guarantor under the use attitude of printer 50
The left surface of gripping member 60.Wall member 606 is connected with wall member 603 and 604.Wall member 606 extends along X-direction, and with
The orientation (Y direction) of multiple boxes 20 intersects.
According to wall member 601 and the above-mentioned position relationship of 603-606, wall member 601 is perpendicular to Z-direction；Wall member 603
It is relative to each other in the X-axis direction with 604；Wall member 605 and 606 is relative to each other in the Y-axis direction；And wall member 601 and open
OP is relative to each other in the Z-axis direction for mouth.
Contact mechanism 70 is arranged at the 600C of corner, and wall member 601 intersects herein with the wall member 603 of keeper 60.
Contact mechanism 70 is located at compared to close printing material supply pipe 640 closer at the position of wall member 603.Contact mechanism 70 is wrapped
Include multiple equipment side terminal that is corresponding with each terminal 431-439 (Figure 10 A) of box side terminal 400 and contacting, Yi Jiqi
On arrange the terminal base of multiple equipment side terminal.
A-4-2. the concrete structure of contact mechanism 70：
Figure 18 is the axonometric chart of the contact mechanism 70 unloaded from keeper 60.
Contact mechanism 70 includes that terminal base 709 and the equipment side terminal on terminal base 709 or contact are formed
Component 731-739.The elastic component with electric conductivity is each in equipment side terminal 731-739, and with from equipment
The ledge that side chamfered surface 708 is projected, it is shifted by external force.It is installed in the state of keeper 60 in box 20, equipment side
The direction that terminal 731-739 is pushed back along the circuit board 40 by box 20 is (including +Z direction vector components and -X direction vector components
Direction) produce pressure or elastic force Pt (exerting pressure) (Fig. 5).In the equipment that box 20 will be projected from equipment side chamfered surface 708
When side terminal 731-739 ancillary equipments side chamfered surface 708 presses, as counteracting force elastic (pressure) power Pt is produced.Gained
To by equipment side terminal 731-739 produce elastic force PT vector components by box 20 along remove direction RD promote, as above
Described, the direction is the direction contrary with installation direction SD.
Nine equipment side terminal 731-739 are arranged at the position corresponding with nine box side terminal 431-439.Equipment side
Terminal 731 is called " installing detection terminal 731 (third terminal) ".Equipment side terminal 732 is called " reseting terminal
732”.Equipment side terminal 733 is called " clock terminal 733 ".Equipment side terminal 734 is called " installs detection terminal 734
(forth terminal) ".Equipment side terminal 735 is called " installing detection terminal 735 (the first terminal) ".The quilt of equipment side terminal 736
Referred to as " power supply terminal 736 ".Equipment side terminal 737 is called " ground terminal 737 ".Equipment side terminal 738 is called
" data terminal 738 ".Equipment side terminal 739 is called " installing detection terminal 739 (Second terminal) ".In order to box side terminal
Distinguish, word " equipment side " can be by the prefix as each title.For example, " ground terminal 737 " can be referred to as " equipment side
Ground terminal 737 ".Nine equipment side terminal 731-739 are together referred to as equipment side terminal 700.
Nine equipment side terminal 731-739 are arranged as the first equipment side terminal with diverse location in the Z-axis direction
Line and the second equipment side sub-line.First equipment side sub-line includes five equipment side terminal 735-739, and second sets
Standby side sub-line includes four equipment side terminal 731-734.First equipment side sub-line is located at the-Z of the second equipment side sub-line
On direction of principal axis side.The number of equipment side terminal is not limited to nine, and can become greater than nine according to the structure of circuit board 40
Any desired numbers individual or less than nine.
In nine equipment side terminal 731-739, the equipment side ground terminal 737 in the basic central authorities in Y direction
Electrically connect with earth lead (not shown).Equipment side ground terminal 737 is more than other from the height that equipment side chamfered surface 708 is projected
The height of equipment side terminal 731-736,738 and 739.Equipment side ground terminal 737 is therefore in other equipment side terminal 731-
736th, 738 and 739 contact with the circuit board 40 of box 20 before.
According to the present embodiment, in order to accelerate the assembling of printer, equipment side terminal 731-739 to be located on terminal base 709,
And form one with the contact mechanism 70 being attached in keeper 60.However, the contact machine of the one using terminal base 709
What structure 70 was not required.According to another embodiment, the suitable construction for receiving device side terminal 731-739 can be with holding
The bottom wall member 601 or outer wall 603W of part 60 is integrally formed, and equipment side terminal 731-739 can be incorporated into the structure
In.Terminal base 709 is therefore nor required.
A-4-3. the structure of bar 80
Figure 19 shows the axonometric chart of the outward appearance of bar 80.Figure 20 is shown along the plane (XZ parallel with X-axis and Z axis
Plane, the plane vertical with Y-axis) obtain axis body 850 section.Figure 21 is shown along the width (Y-axis through bar 80
Direction) on central area and the plane (XZ plane, with Y-axis vertical plane) parallel with the X-axis and Z axis bar 80 that obtains
Section.Figure 21 shows cutting in the state of box 20 is properly installed at the design and installation position of keeper 60 bar 80
Face.
As shown in Figure 19 and Figure 21, bar 80 includes control member 830, a pair of axis bodies 850, guiding elements 820 and engagements
Part 810.Bar 80 has control member 830 and in opposite side (- Z-direction end) tool in its one end (+Z-direction end)
There is bonding part 810.Bar 80 has rotary shaft 800c between control member 830 and bonding part 810.In other words, bar 80
It is wound on rotary shaft 800c at the position between control member 830 and bonding part 810 to pivot.
The control member 830 of bar 80 receives the external force applied by user.As shown in figure 21, control member 830 is arranged on bar
80+Z-direction end.It is installed in the installment state of keeper 60 in box 20, control member 830 is located at rotary shaft 800c
+ Z-direction side on.Control member 830 be located at keeper 60 the first equipment side side wall member 603+Z-direction side on
(Figure 15).
Control member 830 has operation surface 835 and control member apparent surface 831.Operation surface 835 is received by user
From+X-direction it is lateral-external force (power Pr illustrated in Fig. 5) that applies of X-direction side, box 20 is unloaded from keeper 60.Behaviour
It is relative with box 20 face in box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60 to make component apparent surface 831.
As shown in figure 19, a pair of axis bodies 850 are arranged at the substantial middle position between the end of bar 80.A pair of axis bodies
850 rotary shafts 800c for defining bar 80.Rotary shaft 800c is parallel with Y direction (orientation of box 20).A pair of axis bodies 850
In an axis body 850a (being called " the first axle body 850a ") bar 80+Y direction side on from outer surface 893 along+Y
Direction of principal axis is projected.Another axis body 850b (being called " the second axle body 850b ") in a pair of axis bodies 850 bar 80-Y-axis
From outer surface 891 along-Y direction protrusion on the side of direction.Outer surface 891 and 893 is also referred to as side 891 and 893.Arrange
A pair of axis bodies 850 on bar 80 easily limit rotary shaft 800c by using fixture as above.
According to the present embodiment, each axis body 850 has inner arcuate surface 852, outer arcuate surface 854 and radial side
Face 856 and 858.Each face 852,854,856 and 858 forms the outer surface of axis body 850.Inner arcuate surface 852 and outer arcuate
Surface 854 is called respectively " the first curved surfaces 852 " and " the second curved surfaces 854 ".Inner arcuate surface 852 and outer arcuate
The center on surface 854 is corresponding with rotary shaft 800c.Inner arcuate surface 852 is located at and is more connect compared to close outer arcuate surface 854
At the position of nearly second equipment side side wall member 604 (that is, its-X-direction side on).
As shown in figure 20, inner arcuate surface 852 forms the arc around rotary shaft 800c on the section parallel with X-axis and Z axis
Shape, it has radius R1a.Outer arcuate surface 854 forms the arc around rotary shaft 800c on the section parallel with X-axis and Z axis,
It has radius R2a.Radius R1a is less than radius R2a.As described above, each axis body 850 has concentric inner arcuate surface
852 and outer arcuate surface 854, the center of circle is located at compared to the outer arcuate surface 854 for being close to the part as outer surface more
At the position of close second equipment side side wall member 604.Therefore rotary shaft 800c may be located in box room 602 closer to box 20
Position, and do not interfere with box 20.This enables the bonding part 212 of the first box side restricted part 210 of box 20 by junction surface
Divide 810 lockings, while reducing the deviation from the first lock position 810L.If rotary shaft 800c be located at box 20 away from position
Put, bar 80 can all cause the edge of bonding part 810 from any movement of the installation site of the correct installment state design for box 20
The notable displacement of Z-direction.Rotary shaft 800c is positioned at closer to the position of box 20 and is desirably reduced when bar 80 is in box
20 when being suitably attached to be moved from standard gestures in the state of design and installation position, the shifting in the Z-axis direction of bonding part 810
Position.That is, this positioning causes box 20 with being locked by bonding part 810 from the state of the less deviations of the first lock position 810L
Only.The radius R1a that the radius R2a on outer arcuate surface 854 is set greater than inner arcuate surface 852 be advantageously prevent into axis body
850 intensity declines." lock position (the first lock position) 810L " is represented and is arranged to ideal design when box 20 is installed to
During the installation site of position, the first equipment side chain stops surface 811 (Part I of bonding part 810) and stops table with the first box side chain
Face 211 (the first bearing part of the first box side restricted part 210) against position.
Bonding part 810 be used in installment state locking box 20 and constrained box 20 motion.As shown in figure 21, junction surface
Points 810 be arranged on bar 80-Z-direction end on.Bonding part 810 is installed in the installment state of keeper 60 in box 20
Positioned at rotary shaft 800c-Z-direction side on.
As shown in figure 21, bonding part 810 by two parts by the first box side restricted part 210 (Fig. 5) locking.Junction surface
810 are divided to include stopping surface 811 (the first equipment side restriction element) as the first equipment side chain of Part I and as second
The equipment side chain of groove 815 and second for dividing stops surface 813 (the second equipment side restriction element).According to the present embodiment, bonding part
810 two equipment side chains stop surface 811 and 813 be positioned as it is intersected with each other.
It is the curved surface that arc is formed around rotary shaft 800c that first equipment side chain stops surface 811.First equipment side chain stops
Therefore surface 811 has on the section (that is, parallel with the XZ planes section section vertical with Y-axis) parallel with X-axis and Z axis
There is the arc around rotary shaft 800c.In order to box 20 is installed to into keeper 60, the structure causes the first equipment side chain to stop surface 811
The first lock position 810L and box 20 can smoothly be moved to.The structure by box 20 it is ensured that be smoothly installed to holding
Part 60 and unload from it.
At lock position (the first lock position) 810L, the first equipment side chain stops surface 811 and is close to rotation in the X-axis direction
Rotating shaft 800c.In other words, according to the present embodiment, at lock position (the first lock position) 810L, the first equipment side chain stops table
Orientate as almost immediately below rotary shaft 800c in face 811.At the 810L of lock position, therefore the first equipment side chain stops surface 811
The plane intersected with approximate right angle with+Z-direction power is defined, the box 20 in installment state is from the He of equipment side terminal 700
Elastomeric element 648 is received and is somebody's turn to do+Z-direction power.According to the present embodiment, with the first equipment side chain as curved surface surface is stopped
811 planes for contacting are basic horizontal plane at the 810L of lock position.This reduce and be installed in printer in box 20
While the first box side chain stop the equipment side chain of surface 211 and first stop between surface 811 engagement release probability.Therefore,
First lock position 810L in the X-axis direction be preferably close rotary shaft 800c and rotary shaft 800c-X-direction side
On position.This causes to stop plane basic horizontal that surface 811 contacts with the first equipment side chain and prevent from installing
Box 20 under state stops surface 811 and applies+X-direction power to the first equipment side chain.Even if stopping the He of surface 211 in the first box side chain
First equipment side chain stop the actual lock position on surface 811 from the first lock position 810L be offset slightly from when, by the first locking position
Put 810L and orientate close rotary shaft 800c in the X-axis direction as and desirably reduce lock position deviation in the Z-axis direction.Change
Yan Zhi, this reduces box 20 in the Z-axis direction relative to the deviation of keeper 60, and ensure that box side terminal 400 and equipment
The excellent electric contact of side terminal 700.For example, on the section of the bar 80 obtained along the plane parallel with X-axis and Z axis, first
Lock position 810L should be located such that through rotary shaft 800c and the straight line parallel with Z-direction and by rotary shaft
Angle A between the straight line of 800c and the first lock position 810L connections is preferably not more than 15 degree, and more preferably no more than 10
Degree, and more preferably no more than 5 degree.Angle A is also preferably not less than 1 degree.
As shown in figure 19, guiding elements 820 is arranged between control member 830 and bonding part 810, with from+Z axis side
Terminad extends to-Z-direction end.Guiding elements 820 is used for first during box 20 to be installed to keeper 60
Box side restricted part 210 (illustrating in Figure 12) is directed to bonding part 810, while the motion in the Y-axis direction of constrained box 20.Box
Therefore 20 can be properly installed design and installation position.
Guiding elements 820 is by the guiding diapire 821 arranged along Y direction and from guiding diapire 821 towards-X-axis side
To the depression that a pair of guiding walls 860 of degree in a vertical angle are formed.Guiding diapire 821 and this formed easy to guiding wall 860 are recessed,
To receive the first box side restricted part 210 for being configured to projection.This to guiding wall 860 include be arranged on+Y direction side on
First guiding wall 860a and be arranged on-Y direction side on the second guiding wall 860b.Axis body 850a is located at the first guiding wall 860a
Outer surface 893 on, and axis body 850b be located at the second guiding wall 860b outer surface 891 on.
Space between two guiding walls 860a and 860b, i.e. between the inner surface of two guiding walls 860a and 860b
Distance, less than the Y direction length of box 20, but is greater than the Y direction length of the first box side restricted part 210 and (such as can lead to
Cross what Figure 12 saw).In order to box 20 is installed to into keeper 60, the first box side restricted part 210 is received by guiding elements 820,
And be simply and reliably directed to bonding part 810, and this to guiding wall 860a and 860b constrained box 20 in the Y-axis direction
Motion, and guide the motion in the Z-axis direction of the constrained box 20 of diapire 821.
A part of the guiding diapire 821 in the side of bonding part 810 has groove 870, and it is configured to receive the first box
The Part II 214 (Figure 12) of side restricted part 210.Groove 870 sink from the surface of guiding diapire 821 along+X-direction.
Groove 870 from guiding diapire 821 central authorities in+Z-direction extend to its-Z-direction end.
The bar 80 being arranged on keeper 60 is configured to the first equipment side chain is stopped into surface 811 by its static load and moves to
First lock position 810L.When axis body 850 is fixed by fixture 690, bar 80 is inclined by, and the first equipment side chain is stopped into surface
811 be positioned at rotary shaft 800c-X-direction side on (Figure 21).According to one embodiment, by the way that the center of gravity of bar 80 is positioned at
Rotary shaft 800c-Z-direction side and-X-direction side on, bar 80 can be caused to incline.According to another embodiment, by inciting somebody to action
The center of gravity of bar 80 be positioned at rotary shaft 800c+Z-direction side and+X-direction side on, bar 80 can be caused to incline.
A-4-4. the concrete structure of fixture 690
Figure 22 is the axonometric chart of the exploded perspective view of fixture 690 and bar 80.Bar 80 is fixed by fixture 690, with by with
Rotatably it is installed to keeper 60.Figure 22 shows the part-structure of the fix bar 80 of fixture 690.Fixture 690 is
It is made up of the combination of the first fixing component 650 and the second fixing component 680.Fixture 690 is made up of synthetic resin, more specifically
It is made up of ABS resin according to the present embodiment.
First fixing component 650 has a pair of upstanding portions 651 and through hole 658.According to the present embodiment, first fixes structure
Part 650 also has the jut 636 as the 3rd equipment side restriction element.
This of first fixing component 650 is arranged as across for receiving the space of bar 80 to upstanding portion 651.Each is upright
Part 651 has supporting member 645, to receive the axis body 850 of bar 80.According to the present embodiment, each upstanding portion 651 also has
For engaging the engaging hole 656 of the second fixing component 680.
Second fixing component 680 has a pair of upstanding portions 681 and through hole 688.According to the present embodiment, the second fixing component
680 also have elastic component 682.
Second fixing component 680 this upstanding portion 681 is disposed through with the first fixing component 650 that to straight
Space identical space between vertical part 651.There is each upstanding portion 681 stop surface 684 to stop supporting member
654, in case the axis body 850 of stopping bar 80 unexpectedly separates with supporting member 654.According to this embodiment, each upstanding portion 681
With engagement tab 686 to be coupled to the engaging hole 656 of the first fixing component 650 in.
In order to bar 80 is installed to into keeper 60, by the way that each axis body 850 of bar 80 is arranged on into the first fixing component 650
Upstanding portion 651 corresponding supporting member 654 in, carry out locating rod 80.Subsequently, two fixing components 650 and 680 are assembled,
So that corresponding stop of the supporting member 654 (it has the axis body 850 for being coupled to bar therein 80) by the second fixing component 680
Surface 684 stops.After first and second fixing components 650 and 680 for example by being arranged on through hole 658 and 688 in screw
It is fixed to the wall of keeper 60.Bar 80 is rotatably installed to keeper 60 by this.
Figure 23 is the peripheral structure of the bar 80 in box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60.With reference to Figure 23 descriptions
Relation between the supporting member 654 of the fixing component 650 of axis body 852 and first of bar 80.Figure 23 is shown along through first
Equipment side chain stops the section of the bar 80 that locking is carried out to box 20 that surface 811 and the plane parallel with X-axis and Z axis are obtained.Figure
The prominent shape of the axis body 850 of bar 80 shown in phantom in 23, and double dot dash line shows supporting member 654 and stop table
The prominent shape in face 684.
Inner arcuate surface 852 and outer arcuate surface 854 and supporting as being clearly understood that by Figure 23, by axis body 850
The contact of element 654 to rotary shaft 800c of bar 80 positioning.The rotate counterclockwise of bar 80 (from+Y direction observation) is made
Axis body 850 radial side 856 and supporting member 654 against.This further restricts turning clockwise (from+Y-axis for bar 80
Direction is observed).The stable rotation of bar 80 is which ensure that, and box 20 is maintained at into the installation site of design with steady statue.
In the rotary course of bar 80, elastic component 682 abut against rotary shaft 800c-Z-direction side on bar 80
The engagement back side 880.Therefore elastic component 682 box 20 is being installed to keeper 60 or bar 80 is being limited during unloading from it
Rotating range.During box 20 is installed to keeper 60, elastic component 682 against bar 80 the engagement back side 880, and bullet
Property deformation so as to press to engaging the back side 880 along the direction including-X-direction vector components.Which ensure that bar 80
Bonding part 810 moves to lock position (the first lock position) 810L.
A-5. box 20 is installed to into keeper 60 and is unloaded from it：
Figure 24 to Figure 27 shows the process (installation process) for box 20 being installed or being arranged to keeper 60.Figure 24 to Figure 27
It is the sectional view corresponding with Fig. 5 and Figure 17, and once order is arranged sequentially in time.
In order to box 20 is installed to into keeper 60, process is the top surface that box 20 is inserted through keeper 60 first, is such as schemed
Shown in 24.It is along-Z-direction or installation direction movement, so that the second box side limiting unit of box 20 after process by box 20
Point 220 sides initially enter keeper 60 and afterwards the second box side restricted part 220 are inserted into into the second equipment side restriction element
620.In the state of Figure 24, the first box side restricted part 210 of box 20 is located at the bonding part of the bar 80 in keeper 60
810+Z-direction side on.
Box 20 pivots clockwise (from+Y direction observation), the second box side limiting unit around the second box side restricted part 220
Points 220 are inserted in the second equipment side restriction element 620 pivotal point rotated as the state from Figure 24 so that the of box 20
Move towards the wall member 601 of keeper 60 side of three face 203.As shown in figure 25, along-Z after the first box side restricted part 210
Direction of principal axis is moved, while box 20 is along Y direction and moving by the guiding elements by the bar 80 in Figure 19 along X-direction
820 (that is, a pair of lead arm 860a and 860b) are limited, and guide diapire 821 to limit.
When box 20 is further rotated so that the side of the 3rd face 203 to be pressed into from the state of Figure 25, the first box side restricted part 210
Pressed further towards Z-direction.As shown in figure 26, bar 80 is afterwards by the first box side restricted part 210 towards-X-direction
Pressure, with rotate counterclockwise (from+Y direction observation).Bar 80 receives edge against elastic component 682 and from elastic component 682
Exerting pressure for the direction that clockwise pushes back bar 80.It is to include-the external force of X-direction vector components that this is exerted pressure.Bar 80
Therefore rotatable scope is limited by elastic component 682.The bar 80 of Figure 26 is applied against elastic component 682 and by elastic component 682
The state of pressure keeps, until box 20 be further pressed into and the pressing rod 80 of the first box side restricted part 210 guiding structure
Part 820.
When box 20 is further rotated so that the side of the 3rd face 203 to be pressed into from the state of Figure 26, the first box side restricted part 210
The guiding elements 820 of final pressing rod 80.Be rotated after bar 80, with along shown in Figure 27-X-direction moves the first box side
Restricted part 210.Therefore bonding part 810 moves to the first lock position 810L and locks the first box side restricted part 210
Only in the first lock position 810L.More specifically, as shown in the close up view of bottom right, the first equipment side chain of bonding part 810 stops table
Surface 211 (the first bearing part) is stopped in face 811 (Part I) against the first box side chain of the first box side restricted part 210, with
Constrained box 20 is moved along+Z-direction.Second equipment side chain of bonding part 810 stop surface 813 (Part II) also against
Second box side chain of the first box side restricted part 210 stops surface 213 (the second bearing part), with constrained box 20 in+X-direction
Motion.Stop surface 213 and be illustrated as two in the feature of Figure 27 although the first box side chain stops the box side chain of surface 211 and second
Detached, substantially vertical surface, as shown in fig. 27 a, but the Part I 212 of the first box side restricted part 210 can be with shape
Become with curved surface so that the first box side chain stops the box side chain of surface 211 and second to be stopped surface 213 and be configured to identical table
The separate section in face.Alternatively, as shown in figure 27b, the bonding part 212 of the first box side restricted part 210 can be formed as flat
Smooth inclined surface or other shapes so that the first box side chain stops the box side chain of surface 211 and second to be stopped surface 213 and be configured to
The separate section of similar face.As a part for installation portion, supplied with printing material after the ink feed structure 280 of box 20
Should pipe 640 connect, while the second box side restricted part 220 is engaged and the first box lateral spacing with the second equipment side restriction element 620
Part processed 210 engages with bonding part 810.This accomplishes and box 20 is installed to into keeper 60.Box 20 is at design and installation position
The appropriate electrical connection set up between box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700 so as to allow in box 20 and printing
Signal transmission is carried out between machine 50.
According to the present embodiment, as shown in Figure 23 and Figure 27, elastic component 682 is configured to for box 20 to be installed to keeper
Not with bar 80 against and thus external force not being applied to into bar 80 under 60 installment state.Bar 80 is this reduced by external force elasticity
The probability that the probability of deformation and bonding part 810 are deviateed from the first lock position 810L.This is it is ensured that box side
Stable electrical connection between son 400 and equipment side terminal 700.
According to another embodiment, elastic component 682 can be designed as in the installation that box 20 is installed to keeper 60
Against bar 80 under state, and thus power is applied to into bar 80 along the direction including-X-direction vector components.In the application
In, power is continuously applied to bar 80 by elastic component 682 along the direction including-X-direction vector components, regardless of whether bar 80
How is position.Bonding part 810 is moved to the first lock position 810L by this with enough power, and box 20 is installed to into keeper
60.Obvious click (click) is these gived, to inform that subscriber box 20 is locked by bonding part 810.
According to another embodiment, elastic component 682 can be omitted.The application reduces the total number of part.
The process that description unloads box 20 from keeper 60.In order to box 20 is unloaded from keeper 60, user is along-X-axis
Direction pressing operation component 830.In other words, user applies external force Pr (Fig. 5) along the direction including-X-direction vector components
It is added to control member 830.After bar 80 by bonding part 810 around rotary shaft 800c along the side including+X-direction vector components
To movement.Meanwhile, the first box side chain stops the direction of the arrow Y22 that surface 211 illustrates along in Figure 23 and rotates and move.This is by
One box side restricted part 210 departs from from bonding part 810, and eliminates in+Z-direction for the 3rd face 203 of box 20
The restriction of the motion of side.Eliminate in+Z-direction for the restriction of the motion of box 20 cause the side of the 3rd face 203 of box 20 by
The Pt that exerts pressure from contact mechanism 70 is along+Z-direction movement.Box 20 is moved to the shape of Figure 26 from the state of Figure 27 for this
State.Box 20 is by around the second box side restricted part for being inserted in the second equipment side restriction element 620 pivotal point as rotation
220 rotate counterclockwise (from+Y direction observation), and the side of the 3rd face 203 of box 20 is drawn from the diapire component 601 of keeper 60
Open.Box 20 is moved to the state of Figure 25 by this from the state of Figure 26, and further moves to the state of Figure 24.User can be by
External force is applied to jut 260 along the direction including-X-direction vector components, with rotation box 20.The operation is by the of box 20
The side of three face 203 rotates counterclockwise (from+Y direction observation), and by the side of the 3rd face 203 of box 20 along+Z-direction movement.
The side of 3rd face 203 of user's holding box 20, and by the second box side restricted part 220 from the second equipment side restriction element 620
Open, box 20 is removed from keeper 60.
As shown in the close up view of Figure 27, the control member 830 of bar 80 includes control member apparent surface 831.In order to locate
Box 20 under installment state is removed from keeper 60, when user presses to control member 830, control member apparent surface
831 contact with jut 260.Control member apparent surface 831 to including-X-direction vector components and+Z-direction vector into
The direction divided inclines.By bar 80 around rotary shaft 800c along arrow Y27 direction rotate cause control member apparent surface 831 with
Jut 260 is contacted, and in the direction Yh including-X-direction vector components and+Z-direction vector components to jut 260
Pressure.This contributes to unloading box 20 from keeper 60.Even if being blocked by a part for keeper 60 and can not be led in box 20
Cross the first box side chain stop movement of the surface 211 from the first lock position 810L along+X-direction and along+Z-direction movement
When, by using control member apparent surface 831 and jut 260, the side of the 3rd face 203 of box 20 still can be along+Z axis side
To movement.
A-6. using the installation detection method for installing detection terminal：
Figure 28 shows the block diagram of the circuit board 40 of the box 20 according to first embodiment and the electronic structure of printer 50.
Printer 50 includes display floater 590, power supply circuits 580, main control circuit 570 and sub-control circuit 550.Display floater
590 inform the user various information as display unit, for example, the working condition of printer 50 and the installment state of box 20.
Display floater 590 can be arranged on can be from the working cell (not shown) that the outside of printer 50 is observed.Power supply electricity
Road 580 includes the first power supply 581 to produce the first supply voltage VDD, and also including second source 582 producing second source
Voltage VHV.First supply voltage VDD is the normal power supplies voltage (for example, the rated voltage of 3.3V) for logic circuit.Second
Supply voltage VHV is the high voltage (for example, the rated voltage of 42V) for being driven to 540 (Fig. 2) of jet ink.
These voltages VDD and VHV are provided to sub-control circuit 550, while being provided to other circuits by being based on.Main control circuit
570 include CPU 571 and memorizer 572.Sub-control circuit 550 includes memorizer control circuit 551 and mounting testing circuit
552.It is called " control circuit " including the circuit structure of main control circuit 570 and sub-control circuit 550.
In nine terminals (Figure 10 A) being arranged on the circuit board 40 of box 20, reseting terminal 432, clock terminal 433,
Power supply terminal 436, ground terminal 437 and data terminal 438 are electrically connected with memory cell 420.Memory cell 420 is that do not have
There is the nonvolatile memory of address terminal.In memory cell 420, based on the clock signal being input into from clock terminal 433
The umber of pulse of SCK and the order data from the input of data terminal 438, it is determined that the memory cell to be accessed.Memory cell
420 synchronously from the receiving data of data terminal 438 or transmit data to data terminal 438 with clock signal SCK.Clock end
Son 433 is used to clock signal SCK be provided to memory cell 420 from sub-control circuit 550 (Figure 28).Printer 50 will be used
Electricity is applied separately in the supply voltage (for example, the rated voltage of 3.3V) and ground voltage (0V) of memory cell 420 is driven
Source terminal 436 and ground terminal 437.Supply voltage for driving memory cell 420 can directly be carried by printer 50
For the first supply voltage VDD or can by less than the first supply voltage VDD the first supply voltage VDD produce.Data terminal
Son 438 is used to send data signal SDA between sub-control circuit 550 and memory cell 420.Reseting terminal 432 by with
Reset signal RST is supplied to into memory cell 420 from sub-control circuit 550.Four installation detection terminals 431,434,435
It is connected with each other and is all grounded with the wiring in 439 circuit boards 40 (Fig. 3) by box 20.For example, detection terminal is installed
431st, 434,435 and 439 are connected to be grounded with ground terminal 437.According to another embodiment, install detection terminal 431,
434th, 435 and 439 can be grounded by any access path, without ground terminal 437.Such as it is clearly understood that by this specification
, installing detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 can be connected with a part for storage terminal (or memory cell 420), but
It is preferably not to be connected with any memorizer terminal in addition to ground terminal 437 or memory cell 420.Test side is installed
Son is not connected to cause to be applied in without signal or voltage in addition to installation check signal with memorizer terminal or memory cell
To installation detection terminal, and it is ensured that accurate install detection.Four installation detection terminals 431,434,435 and 439
It is connected with each other by the wiring in the figure embodiment of Figure 28, but a part of of access path can be replaced by resistance.
In Figure 28, pathname SCK, VDD, SDA, RST, OV1, OV2, DT1 and DT2 are assigned to equipment side terminal
Each access path that 731-739 is connected with the box side terminal 431-439 of circuit board 40.With regard to the company to memory cell 420
Path is connect, signal name is used for pathname.
Figure 29 shows the connection between circuit board 40 and mounting testing circuit 552.Four of circuit board 40 install detection
Terminal 431,434,435 and 439 connects via corresponding equipment side terminal 731,734,735 and 739 and mounting testing circuit 552
Connect.Four of circuit board 40 install detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 and are grounded.The and of equipment side terminal 731,734,735
First supply voltage VDD (3.3V of the link path between 739 and mounting testing circuit 552 in sub-control circuit 550
Rated voltage) via pull-up resistor connect.
In the figure embodiment of Figure 29, four on circuit board 40 are installed in detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439
Three terminals 431,434 and installation detection terminal 435 have good connection with corresponding equipment side terminal 731,734 and 735.
However, install detection terminal 439 has the connection of difference with corresponding equipment side terminal 739.It is used under good connection status
The voltage level of the access path of three equipment side terminals 731,734 and 735 is L levels (ground voltage level), and poor
The voltage level for being used for the access path of equipment side terminal 739 under connection status is H levels (supply voltage VDD level).Install
Detection circuit 552 can check the voltage level of these access paths recognize relative to four install detection terminals 431,
434th, the connection status of the good/difference in 435 and 439 each.
Contact portion cp of four installation detection terminals 431,434,435 and 439 on circuit board 40 is located at first area
The outside of 400P, the first area includes contact portion cp of memorizer terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438.Four installations
Contact portion cp of detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 is located at four corners of tetragon second area 400T, the region bag
Include first area 400P.First area 400P preferably includes connecing for five memorizer terminals 432,433,436,437 and 438
Contact portion point cp, as little as possible tetragon.Second area 400T preferably includes the contact site of box side terminal 431-439
Divide cp, as little as possible tetragon.
In the state of installing detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 good contacts at all four, box 20 does not have notable
Incline and guarantee the good contact of memorizer terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438.On the other hand, detection is installed at four
In terminal 431,434,435 and 439 in any one or the state of the poor contact of many persons, box 20 has and significantly incline and can be with
Cause in memorizer terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438 the poor contact of any one or many persons.According to preferred embodiment,
In the state of detection terminal 431,434,435 and any of 439 or many person's cross-contacts are installed at four, detection is installed
Circuit 552 shows the information (character string or image) for representing that mistake is installed on display floater 590, to notify that user error is pacified
Dress.
Due to the fact that, contact portion cp for installing detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 is disposed in around first
Four corners of region 400P, first area includes contact portion cp of memorizer terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438.
Box 20 is installed in the installment state of keeper 60, there are some surpluses for inclining box 20 so that the circuit board of box 20
40 can incline relative to the contact mechanism 70 of keeper 60.For example, up R2 box 20 being inclined such that on circuit board 40
Terminal 431-434 (more specifically, their contact portion) in (Figure 10 A) is compared to the terminal in descending R1 (Figure 10 A)
435-439 (more specifically, their contact portion) may cause the terminal 431-434 in up R2 further from contact mechanism 70
Any terminal poor contact.Box 20 being inclined such that, the terminal 435-439 in the descending R1 on circuit board 40 is (more specific
Ground, their contact portion) compared to the terminal 431-434 (more specifically, their contact portion) in up R2 further from
Contact mechanism 70 may cause the poor contact of any terminal in the terminal 435-439 in descending R1.Box 20 is inclined so that
Obtaining the left hand edge of circuit board 40 (Figure 10 A) may cause in the left side of circuit board 40 compared to right hand edge further from contact mechanism 70
On terminal 431,432,435,436 and 437 in any terminal poor contact.Box 20 is inclined such that into circuit board 40
Right hand edge compared to left hand edge further from contact mechanism 70 may cause terminal 433 on the right side of circuit board 40,434,
437th, the poor contact of any terminal in 438 and 439.Poor contact may cause from memory cell 420 reads data
Mistake causes to write the mistake of data in memory cell 420.Four whole installation detection terminals 431 of inspection,
434th, (it is disposed in the contact site including memorizer terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438 to 435 and 439 contact portion cp
Divide outside the first area 400P of cp) whether good/poor contact advantageously prevent what is caused due to this inclination of box 20
Access errors in the caused memory cell 420 of poor contact and institute.
A-7. the beneficial effect of embodiment：
A-7-1. the present embodiment is compared to the U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 and United States Patent (USP) for formerly mentioning
The specific beneficial effect of the structure disclosed in No.6,276,780.
According in the present embodiment printing material supply system 10, bar 80 is arranged on keeper 60, and the first box
Side restricted part 210 is arranged on box 20.Box side restricted part 210 be located at bar 80 rotary shaft 800c-Z-direction side on.
It is different from the structure that in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, bar is combined with box, for the engagement combined with keeper
Component is not located between rotary shaft and the control member of bar.Therefore, there is no need to be produced between bar and box side it is relatively large away from
From.Therefore, the structure of embodiment shortens the distance between the 3rd face 203 of bar 80 and box 20, i.e. chi in the X-axis direction
It is very little, while shortening the length of bar, i.e. size in the Z-axis direction.This allows to significantly reduce printer 50 and whole printing
The size of material supply system 10, and reduce the size for transport and the encapsulation of distribution boxes 20, which advantageously reduces fortune
Defeated cost and component costs.The beneficial effect is not simply to keep in printer as described in United States Patent (USP) No.6,276,780
There is provided bar on part rather than box to realize.The beneficial effect is by the way that rotary shaft 800c of bar 80 is arranged on into control member 830
Be positioned between bonding part 810 and by the first box side restricted part 210 bar 80 rotary shaft 800c-Z-direction side
On realizing.
Relatively short bar 80 is included and with smaller szie and more according to the printing material supply system 10 of the present embodiment
First box side restricted part 210 of simple structure (for example, projection).Compared in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Described in structure, which increase the rigidity of the box side restricted part 210 of bar 80 and first, and allow for the box of bar 80 and first
Side restricted part 210 (box 20) selects the material of more high rigidity relatively.This causes to significantly decrease the box lateral spacing of bar 80 and first
The plastic deformation of part processed 210 or the probability of creep.In installment state, box 20 can be maintained at the conjunction in keeper 60
Right position is put, and this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal 431-439 and equipment side terminal 731-739, and reduces
Poor seriality.Because the first box side restricted part 210 of the present embodiment has little size and simple result,
For not needing special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in transport and the encapsulation (particularly Vacuum Package) of distribution box 20, this
It is different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.Which improve the convenience for using.For the beneficial effect,
It is particularly preferred for provide jut as described in the embodiment being used as the first box side restricted part 210.
In the printing material supply system 10 according to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 is located at the rotation of bar 80
Rotating shaft 800c-Z-direction side on.As noted previously, under the installment state of box 20, equipment side terminal 731-739 is produced
On the direction for pushing back circuit board 40 (that is, on the direction including+Z-direction vector components and-X-direction vector components)
The Pt that exerts pressure.Expect that in the mounted state the Pt that exerts pressure moves box 20 along in+Z-direction.However, in embodiment
In printing material supply system 10, rotary shaft 800c of bar 80 be located at the first box side restricted part 210-Z-direction side on, make
The constrained box 20 of bar 80 from+Z-direction it is lateral-motion of Z-direction side.
According to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 be located at rotary shaft 800c of bar 80-Z-direction side on and-
On X-direction side.When box 20 is along+Z-direction movement, the torque as shown in the arrow M in Fig. 5 is produced on bar 80.This turn
Square is had an effect come so that the first box side restricted part 210 is effectively pressed by bonding part 810 in-X-direction.With by
Exert pressure Pt X-direction vector components in-X-direction moving box 20, the torque also has an effect and carrys out connecing for mobile bar 80
Close part 810.Box 20 therefore capacity in installment state, and by ancillary equipment side diapire component 601 and the second equipment side
Side wall member 604 is pressed.This structure of the present embodiment prevents the unexpected hell keeper 60 of box 20 to depart from, and thus maintains box
Normal or good contact between side terminal 431-439 and equipment side terminal 731-739, and reduce poor seriality.
As shown in figure 27, the first box side restricted part 210 stops surface 211 including the first box side chain, and it engages against part
810 the first equipment side chain stops surface 811, with motion of the constrained box 20 in+Z-direction, and also including the second box side chain
Only surface 213, its second equipment side chain for engaging against part 810 stops surface 813, with fortune of the constrained box 20 in+X-direction
It is dynamic.The torque produced as shown in the arrow M in Fig. 5 is which ensure that, and is more effectively reduced box side terminal 431-439 and is set
Poor successional probability between standby side terminal 731-739.
As shown in figure 12, according to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 has Part II 214.First box lateral spacing
Part processed 210 reduces the first box side restricted part 210 in the case where box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60 and is locked in
Bonding part 810-Z-direction side on position at probability.During box 20 is installed to into keeper 60, user
Can by box 20 press in keeper 60 along in-Z-direction must be than Figure 27 state it is deeper.Even if in this case,
The Part II 214 of the first box side restricted part 210 still stops surface 813 against the second equipment side chain of bar 80, to prevent first
Box side restricted part 210 be positioned in bonding part 810-Z-direction side on.This reduce the first box side restricted part 210
The probability of unexpected lock position is locked at by bonding part 810.
A-7-2. the effect of external force is reduced in the installment state of box：
Figure 30 shows the external force that box 20 is applied in installation or placement state.In the printing operation phase of printer 50
Between, keeper 60 and box 20 are moved repeatedly on main scanning direction (width of Y direction or box 20).Therefore box 20 is being protected
Gripping member 60 accelerates to receive external force (inertia force) and between deceleration phase in the direction of the width.The box 20 for receiving external force can be along including width
The direction of rotation of direction vector composition (Y direction vector components) is supplied around ink feed structure 280 (Figure 27) and printing material
Pipe 640.More specifically, the side of the 3rd face 203 of box 20 can rotate along the direction of arrow YR1, while the fourth face 204 of box 20
Side can rotate along the direction of arrow YR2.The side of second face 202 of box 20 can also rotate along the defence line of YR3.The side of arrow YR1
To being direction of rotation about the z axis with the direction of arrow YR2, it includes Y direction vector components (width vector components).Arrow
The direction of head YR3 is that it includes Y direction vector components (width vector components) around the direction of rotation in X weeks.
Box 20 is moved into the 5th face 205 or the hexahedro 206 for causing box 20 by along+Z-direction along the direction of arrow YR3
Pull-up.However, as noted previously, this movement of the box 20 in+Z-direction is limited by bar 80.According to this embodiment, first
The close cross part 295 as shown in figure 13 of box side restricted part 210.In other words, the close circuit board 40 of the first box side restricted part 210
Plate end 405.First box side restricted part 210 is arranged to close to box side terminal 400.Because the first box lateral spacing
Part processed 210 is by the locking of bar 80, so the periphery of the first box side restricted part 210 will not cause position to move by external force substantially.
Box side terminal 400 is arranged on into each terminal that the position with the movement of minimum position effectively prevent box side terminal 400
431-439 therefore is maintained steady between box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700 relative to the position mispairing of keeper 60
Fixed electrical connection.In order to ensure the beneficial effect, preferably by least a portion (particularly of the first box side restricted part 210
One box side chain stops surface 211) in the Y-axis direction (width, when along-X-direction from 203 side observation box 20 of the 3rd face)
It is positioned between the first outside 435P and the second outside 439P (Figure 10 A).
As shown in fig. 7, according to the present embodiment, the angle part 265 of box 20 has from the first face 201 along+Z-direction extension
Ladder 207 (the 7th face).7th face 207 be positioned at chamfered surface (octahedral) 208-X-direction side and-Z-direction side
On.7th face 207 has the 3rd box side restriction element 250.As shown in Fig. 2 and Figure 14-Figure 16, keeper 60 has the 3rd equipment
Side restriction element (jut) 636.3rd box side restriction element 250 contacts with jut 636.This further restricts box 20
The side of the 3rd face 203 in the direction of the width around the motion of printing material supply pipe 640 and ink feed structure 280.3rd box side
Restriction element 250 is preferably constructed to a pair of the haunched members projected along+X-direction from the 7th face 207, with in-between
Jut 636 is received, it is as be shown in the examples.The simple structure effectively limit the side of the 3rd face 203 of box 20 in width
Motion of the side upwards about printing material supply pipe 640 and ink feed structure 280.
As shown in figure 13, according to the present embodiment, the box side restriction element of terminal support structure 408 and the 3rd of circuit board 40
250 are arranged to overlap each other (when from the side of the first face 201 along+Z-direction observation box 20) in the X-axis direction.This enters one
Step effectively limit motion of the box 20 on the direction of arrow YR1, and thus prevent box side terminal 400 relative to keeper
60 motion (deviation).
In the above description, the external force for box 20 being applied in the width direction is that the motion by box 20 on main scanning direction is produced
Raw inertia force.However, the external force for being applied to box 20 is not limited to this inertia force.For example, in posture printer, print
Head is moved on main scanning direction, but box 20 is installed to static keeper, and therefore is not moved on main scanning direction.
However, in posture printer, box 20 may receive external force.More specifically, external force (inertia force) may for example due to from print
Movement of the brush on main scanning direction and the vibration that produces is applied to box 20.
A-7-3. the inclination of the box 20 under installment state is reduced
As shown in figure 12, according to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 is set and the width (Y-axis through box 20
Direction length) central plane Yc intersect.As shown in figure 5, the box 20 under installment state from keeper 60 receive include+
The Ps and Pt that exerts pressure of Z-direction vector components.These Ps and Pt that exert pressure are by the first box side restricted part 210 towards bar 80
Bonding part 810 presses.Even if when the box 20 under in installment state is shaken by external force around X-axis or Z axis, the first box lateral spacing system
Part 210 also hardly moves about in the position intersected with plane Yc.
First box side restricted part 210 is positioned as close cross part 295, i.e. close plate end 405.There is provided very
Move the first very little box side restricted part 210 at the position of close box side terminal 400 to ensure that box side terminal 400 and contact
Stable electrical connection between mechanism 70.
The live part of the concrete position for constrained box side terminal 400 of the first box side restricted part 210 is the first box
Side chain stops surface 211.It is therefore preferred to the first box side chain is stopped into surface 211 orientating as close possible to box side terminal 400.Omit
The Part III 215 of the first box side restricted part 210 and orientate as bonding part 212 is contacted so that with the first side 290
One box side chain stops surface 211 can be as close possible to cross part 295 or plate end 405.It further ensures that box side terminal 400
Stable between contact mechanism 70 is electrically connected.
According to this embodiment, as shown in Figure 10 A, in contact portion cp of each box side terminal 400, in the Y-axis direction
The centre ground terminal 437 with contact portion cp be arranged at the position intersected with plane Yc.Other terminals 431-
436th, the line that 438 and 439 contact portion cp is arranged to the cross part relative to plane Yc and ground terminal 437 is axis pair
Claim.Plane Yc has especially little motion, because the position of the first box side restricted part 210 is secured.Box side terminal 400 sets
Put in plane Yc with small movements or near it.Except the first box side restricted part 210 is arranged on into closely box
At the position of side terminal 400, box side terminal 400 is positioned in plane Yc or it nearby further ensure that box side terminal
Stable between 400 and contact mechanism 70 is electrically connected.
A-7-4. in installment state box 20 intense adjustment：
According to this embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 (more specifically, the first box side chain stops surface 211) is not located at
Outside, but positioned in the Y-axis direction positioned at box side terminal 400 most+Y direction side on the first outside 435P be located at
Box side terminal 400 most-Y direction side on the second outside 439P between scope 40Y inside.Guarantor is installed in box 20
After gripping member 60, box side terminal 400 received from equipment side terminal 700+power of Z-direction vector components, subtly to adjust box
20 inclination or the more specifically direction of adjustment inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 (being provided with box side terminal 400 thereon).System
Make wrong position or the first box lateral spacing system that may change each equipment side terminal 731-739 and equipment side chamfered surface 708
First box side chain of part 210 stops the horizontality on surface 211.Even if in this case, inclined-plane terminal support structure 408
What the intense adjustment in direction ensure that between box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700 stable electrically connects.
Figure 31 shows the intense adjustment in the direction of inclined-plane terminal support structure 408.Intense adjustment box 20 attitude it
The position of back box 20 is shown by dashed lines.In this example, the installation detection terminal 731 of equipment side terminal 700 is from equipment skew back face
Surface 708 (Figure 18) along+Z-direction is prominent must be more more than design flow.In this case, inclined-plane terminal support structure 408
Power Ph along the direction including+Z-direction vector components is received from detection terminal 731 is installed.First box side chain is stopped into surface
211 are positioned at permission box 20 in scope 40Y more rotates around X-axis.In other words, power Ph is applied to into inclined-plane terminal support structure
408 attitudes for allowing subtly damper box 20.In the example that figure 31 illustrates, the attitude of box 20 is subtly adjusted to direction
Hexahedro 206th rolls tiltedly.
A-7-5. the beneficial effect of the second box side restricted part 220：
Box 20 has the second box side restricted part 220 (Figure 27) on fourth face 204, and it is used for constrained box 20 from its+X
Move along+Z-direction direction of principal axis side.It further ensures that stablizing between box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700
Electrical connection.
According to this embodiment, the second box side restricted part 220 is the projection projected along-X-direction from fourth face 204
Portion.Second box side restricted part 220 is inserted into the second equipment side restriction element 620 of the form of the through hole with keeper 60
(Fig. 3) in.User is by box 20 around being inserted near the second box side restricted part 220 of the second equipment side restriction element 620 (Fig. 2)
Rotate, box 20 is installed to into keeper 60 or is unloaded from it.Therefore conduct is used for box second equipment side restriction element 620
20 guiding pieces for being installed to keeper 60 or unloading from it.The structure contributes to for box 20 being installed to keeper 60 or from it
Unload.The second box side restricted part 220 with jut form can be simply provided on the fourth face 204 of box 20.
A-7-6. the beneficial effect of jut 260
As shown in figure 27, according to the present embodiment, box 20 on the 3rd face 203 the first box side restricted part 210+Z axis
There is jut 260 on the side of direction.In order to box 20 is unloaded from keeper 60, by power from+X-direction it is lateral-X-direction side applies
Be added to the control member 830 of bar 80 so that control member 830 contact with jut 260 and by jut 260 along including+
The direction Yh pressures of Z-direction vector components.Therefore jut 260 is received has+the power of Z-direction vector components.This is helped
In box 20 is unloaded from keeper 60 by using control member 830.Even if being blocked by a part for keeper 60 in box 20
And movement of the surface 211 from the first lock position 810L along+X-direction can not be stopped and along+Z axis by the first box side chain
When direction is moved, by using jut 260, the side of the 3rd face 203 of box 20 still can be along+Z-direction movement.
Although directly from control member 830 being applied to jut 260 according to embodiment external force, external force may not be by
Jut 260 is applied to from control member 830.Rotational operation member 830 is by bonding part 810 from the first box side restricted part
210 depart from, and eliminate in+Z-direction for box 20 the side of the 3rd face 203 motion restriction.Eliminate in+Z axis side
Upwards for the restriction of the motion of box 20 causes the side of the 3rd face 203 of box 20 by the Pt that exerts pressure from contact mechanism 70 along+Z
Direction of principal axis is moved.The jut 260 of box 20 is simultaneously along direction YH movements.User grips the jut along direction Yh movements
260 peripheral and easily box 20 is unloaded from keeper 60.Offer jut 260 is improved and writes box 20 from keeper 60
Operability, without power is applied directly to into jut 260 from control member 830.
A-7-7. the beneficial effect of the position of ink feed structure 280：
As shown in figure 27, according to the present embodiment, ink feed structure 280 is arranged on the first face 201 compared to close
3rd face 203 is closer at the position of fourth face 204.In X-axis between the outer surface of ink feed structure 280 and the 3rd face 203
Therefore distance on direction is more than the distance between outer surface and fourth face 204 of ink feed structure 280.Box side terminal 400
It is arranged on the inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 adjacent with the 3rd face 203.In other words, ink feed structure 280 is arranged on
Leave at the position of box side terminal 400.This reduce ink to be adsorbed to the probability of box side terminal 400 and prevent box side
Poor contact between son 400 and equipment side terminal 700.
A-7-8. the beneficial effect of ground terminal 437
According to the present embodiment, among contact portion cp of box side terminal 400, there is contact in the central authorities of Y direction
The ground terminal 437 of part cp is arranged on and intersects with central plane Yc of the width (Y direction length) through box 20
At position.Ground terminal 437 is configured to during box 20 to be installed to keeper 60 in other boxes side terminal 431-
436th, 438 and 439 contact mechanism 70 is contacted before.Thus produce in the width of box 20 or the basic centre of Y direction length
It is applied to exerting pressure for circuit board 40 from keeper 60 first.This prevent be applied to circuit board 40 exert pressure play a role and
Box 20 is set to incline to Y direction, and so that box 20 is installed in the installation site of design.Ground terminal 437 is at other
This contact before terminal 431-436,438 and 439 with the contact mechanism 70 of keeper 60, even if in undesirable high voltage
When being applied to box 20, also can be by asking that the grounding function of ground terminal 437 advantageously prevent or reduces that high voltage causes
Topic and failure.
A-7-9. the first equipment side chain stops the beneficial effect of the shape on surface 811：
As shown in figure 21, the first equipment side chain stops surface 811 is had around rotation on the section parallel with X-axis and Z axis
The arc of axle 800c.During box 20 is installed to into keeper 60, which ensure that by box 20 be installed to keeper 60 and
From the smooth operation that it is unloaded.First equipment side chain is stopped into surface 811 to be formed as curved surface and reduce be installed in box 20
The amount pushed back along+Z-direction by elastomeric element 648 (Figure 27) during keeper 60.Which ensure that box side terminal 400 with
Excellent electric contact between equipment side terminal 700.
Reference picture 32A to Figure 32 F describe an example of this beneficial effect.The vertical direction correspondence of Figure 32 A to Figure 32 F
In Z-direction；Corresponding to+Z-direction, and in downward direction corresponding to-Z-direction, they are those to upward direction in accompanying drawing
This contrary direction.Figure 32 A to Figure 32 C show and stop surface 811 to pacify using the first equipment side chain for being formed as curved surface
Mounted box, and be to arrange sequentially in time.Figure 32 D to Figure 32 F are shown and stopped using the first equipment side chain for being formed as plane
Mounting box is carried out on surface 811, and is to arrange sequentially in time.
As shown in fig. 32 a, in order to box 20 is installed to into keeper 60, the first box side restricted part 210 is along-Z-direction
It is mobile, while against guiding diapire 821.As shown in fig. 32b, when the first box side restricted part 210 is further along-Z-direction
When being moved through guiding diapire 821, the first equipment side chain stops surface 811 and moves along the direction of arrow Y32.When user is along-Z
When direction of principal axis firmly presses box 20, the first box side restricted part 210 be located at the first equipment side chain stop surface 811-Z-direction side
On.When user unclamps the gripping for box 20, box 20 is by elastomeric element 648 and the Ps and Pt that exerts pressure of equipment side terminal 700
Press upwards in+Z-direction.As shown in fig. 32 c, when the first equipment side chain stops surface 811 is formed as curved surface, box 20
The momentum that is pushed upwardly of the first box side restricted part 210 be D1.
As shown in Figure 32 D to Figure 32 F, when the first equipment side chain stops surface 811t is formed as plane, the first box of box 20
The momentum that is pushed upwardly of side restricted part 210 is D2, and it is more than D1.
In the installment state of box 20, compared to the first equipment side chain for being formed as plane surface 811t is stopped, be formed as curved
First equipment side chain of curved surface stops surface 811 and may be located at more to-Z-direction side.This reduce the first box side restricted part
210 are pushed upwardly momentum.
According to this embodiment, the first equipment side chain at default or the first lock position 810L stops surface 811 in X-axis
Close rotary shaft 800c on direction (Figure 21).Even if inclined from the first lock position 810L in the X-axis direction in actual lock position
From when, this still reduces the first equipment side chain and stops the displacement in the Z-axis direction of surface 811.Therefore this prevent box 20
In the Z-axis direction relative to the deviation of keeper 60.
B. additional embodiment：
Figure 33 shows the printer 50a according to second embodiment.Figure 33 shows and the Figure 17 according to first embodiment
The corresponding section in section.It is that fixture 690a does not have elastic component with the difference of the printer 50 of first embodiment
682.In addition the printer 50a of second embodiment has identical structure with the printer 50 of first embodiment.Similar element by
Similar reference numerals are represented, and do not have specific explanations here.It is installed to the box 20 of printer 50a and is installed to first in fact
The box 20 for applying the printer 50 of example has identical structure.
As shown in figure 33, fixture 690 does not have bar 80 along the direction including-X-direction vector components to bar 80
The elastic component of pressure.However, bar 80 is designed to the first equipment side chain is stopped into surface 811 by its static load and navigates to the first lock
Stop bit puts 810L so that the first box side chain of box 20 stops surface 211 and stops the locking of surface 811 by the first equipment side chain of bar 80.
The printer 50a of second embodiment has the beneficial effect similar with the printer 50 of first embodiment.Additionally, not
The structure of the fixture 690 with elastic component reduces the probability that fixture 690 is damaged or ruptured, and reduces part
Sum, to reduce the manufacturing cost of printer 50a.
C. 3rd embodiment：
Figure 34 shows the axonometric chart of the outward appearance of the box 20b according to 3rd embodiment.Its box 20 with first embodiment
(Fig. 7) difference is the size of box 20b.In addition the box 20b of 3rd embodiment has identical knot with the box 20 of first embodiment
Structure.Similar element is represented by similar reference numerals, and does not have specific explanations here.The printer of 3rd embodiment is fitted
For box 20b, but the keeper 60 with first embodiment and each component (for example, bar 80) tool for being arranged on keeper 60
There is identical structure.
Box 20b has the size bigger than the box 20 of first embodiment, and can accommodate more substantial ink.Box 20b
It is installed to the box mounting structure of the big ink-jet printer that can be printed to big paper (for example, size A2 to A0).
Box 20b by along as installation direction SD-Z-direction is installed to the box mounting structure of big ink-jet printer.According to this enforcement
Example ,-Z-direction is level aspect.It is installed in the installment state of box mounting structure in box 20b, X-direction is vertical side
To.More specifically ,+X-direction is direction straight up, and-X-direction is vertically downward direction.
D. the modification of box structure：
Figure 35 A to Figure 37 A show the modification of box structure.These boxes designed to be used with according to first embodiment
Printer 50 has the printer of identical structure.These boxes element similar with the box 20 of first embodiment is by similar accompanying drawing
Labelling is represented.
D-1. the modification of box profile：
Figure 35 A to Figure 35 H show the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiment.The box 20c illustrated in Figure 35 A
Housing with oval or oraloid.Box 20c has the first box side restricted part 210 and the circuit board being arranged on front
40.Ink feed structure 280 is formed in the bottom surface of box 20c, and the second box side restricted part 220 is arranged on the back of the body of box 20c
Face.When from its front face side observation box 20c, box 20c has fixed width.Box 20c is compatible with the box 20 illustrated in Fig. 7,
Can be with print as long as the first and second box side restricted parts 210 and 220, circuit board 40 and ink feed structure 280 are configured to
Appropriate section connection in brush machine 50.
The box 20d illustrated in Figure 35 B has the approximate rectangular parallelepiped shape similar with the box 20 in Fig. 7.Its
It is that lower end of the octahedral 208 not from the 3rd face 203 is continuous with the big difference of the box 20 of Fig. 7.The box 20l illustrated in Figure 35 G exists
Shape and design are upper similar with box 20d, but the first box side restricted part 210 is disposed in closer to terminal support structure
408 position.The box 20e and 20f illustrated in Figure 35 C and 35D does not have the 7th face being included in the box 20 of Fig. 7.In Figure 35 E
The box 20g for illustrating has the circuit board 40 being arranged on by means of screw on octahedral 208.The box 20h illustrated in Figure 35 F has quilt
Hinge fix or otherwise moveable face 208h replacing octahedral 208, and circuit board 40 be installed to it is removable
On the 208h of face.While box 20h is installed on printer, movable surface 208h from the position indicated by dotted line move to by
The position that solid line is indicated.Once box 20h is properly installed in printer and movable surface 208h is in and is indicated by solid line
Position, the contact portion of the terminal on circuit board 40 is arranged in contact portion plane TP.These boxes 20c to 20g also with
Box 20 in Fig. 7 is compatible, as long as the first and second box side restricted parts 210 and 220, circuit board 40 and ink feed structure 280
It is configured to be connected with the appropriate section in printer 50.The box 20m illustrated in Figure 35 H has elongated members 211a, its
Be connected and at the other end via hinge or other pivotable mechanisms and box with the first box side restricted part 210 at one end
The top 202 of 20m connects.Although terminal has in the embodiment above flat shape, terminal can be lengthwise, line
It is shape or other shapes.For example, Figure 35 I show the embodiment of lengthwise terminal 400n, wherein when box 20j is installed to print
Contact portion cp is aligned in contact portion plane TP when in brush machine.In the embodiment illustrated in Figure 35 J, box 20j include with
The equipment side contacts mechanism 70 illustrated in Figure 18 has the contact mechanism 70j of essentially identical construction (including the construction of terminal).Connect
The structure 70j that has a sudden inspiration has flexible terminal, and the flexible terminal has contact portion, when box 20j is installed in printer, the contact
Part contacts and is arranged in substantially in contact portion plane TP with the equipment side terminal 700 with contact mechanism 70.In such as Figure 35 I
It is not that " terminal support structure " and " chamfered surface " is considered as can be with the embodiment of even shape with the wherein terminal of 35J
Be considered as part that box terminal is supported to contact portion, and therefore with represented by contact portion plane TP.Equally,
The part engaged with equipment side lever of one box side restricted part 210 be located at compared to Jie Jin following cross part closer to contact portion
Position and closer contact portion cp itself that plane TP is contacted with the 3rd face 203：(1) top surface 202 and front 203 intersect
Portion, the cross part of one of (2) top surface 202 and front 203 with the elongated surfaces of the other of top surface 202 and front 203, or
The cross part of the elongated surfaces of both person (3) top surface 202 and front 203 is (such as when box body has as Figure 35 A and Figure 35 D are formed thereby
Top surface and during bottom surface).In the embodiment of Figure 35 J, the circuit board 40j of box 20j is positioned in the inside of contact mechanism 70j simultaneously
And via contacting contact mechanism 70 by the directly contact of contact mechanism 70j.
Such as it is readily appreciated by by the example of Figure 35 A to Figure 35 H, there are various other modifications of box profile.In box
In the case of with the other shapes in addition to approximate rectangular parallelepiped, as shown in the dotted line in Figure 35 A and Figure 35 D,
Six faces of rectangular parallelepiped protrusion part, i.e. bottom surface 201 (the first face), top surface 202 (the second face), front 203 (the 3rd face), the back of the body
Face 204 (fourth face), left surface 205 (the 5th face) and right flank 206 (is hexahedro) can be vertical.In its explanation, art
Language " face " and " plane " represent the virtual plane or non-existent (imagination) plane as shown in Figure 35 A or Figure 35 D and such as Fig. 7
With the physical plane shown in Fig. 8.Term " face " and " plane " include surface and the curved surface of plane.
D-2. there is the box of adapter：
Figure 36 shows the axonometric chart of the structure of the box 20i with the adapter according to one embodiment.Box 20i energy
Enough be separated into the container assemblies 200i and adapter 299 including ink chamber 200, can be fitted to after them come together by
In being installed to the keeper of printing equipment.After printing material in ink chamber 200 is exhausted, user is with new container assemblies
To replace container assemblies 200i or printing material be filled in container assemblies 200i.Adapter 299 can be to reuse
's.Box 20i is compatible with the box 20i of the first embodiment illustrated in Fig. 7.
Housing 22i for box 20i is configured to the housing and the shell for adapter 299i of container assemblies 200i
The combination of body.Container assemblies 200i includes being configured to the ink chamber 200 of receiving ink, is configured to be carried to ink feed structure
For ink or the printing material flow path 282 and resin foam 284 of printing material.Container assemblies 200i has and box 20i
Corresponding the second face 202i in the second face 202.Container assemblies 200i also have respectively with first face 201 and the 3rd of box 20i
To the first octahedral 203-208 corresponding face 201i, the 3rd face 203i, fourth face 204i, the 5th face (not shown), hexahedro
206i, the 7th face 207i and octahedral 208i.First face 201i and the second face 202i are relative to each other in the Z-axis direction；First face
201i be located at-Z-direction side on, and the second face 202i be located at+Z-direction side on.3rd face 203i and fourth face 204i are in X-axis
On direction toward each other；3rd face 203i be located at+X-direction side on, and fourth face 204i be located at-X-direction side on.5th face
(not shown) and the hexahedro 206th relative to each other in the Y-axis direction；5th face (not shown) is located at-Y direction side on, and the 6th
Face 206i be located at+Y direction side on.7th face 207i and octahedral 208i is formed and is connected the first face 201i with the 3rd face 203i
Joint face.7th face 207i is vertical with the first face 201i, and forms the plane parallel with Y-axis and Z axis (YZ planes).As
7th face 207i of ladder is relative to the first face 201i into vertical angles.7th face 207i is therefore from the first face 201i along+Z axis
Direction extends.7th face 207i be located at octahedral 208i-X-direction side and-Z-direction side on.Octahedral 208i is by the 7th
Face 207i is connected with the 3rd face 203i, and is inclined to the direction including+X-direction vector components and-Z-direction vector components
Oblique chamfered surface.Octahedral 208i to the first face 201i and the 3rd face 203i are inclined, and with the 5th face (not shown) and the
Hexahedro 206i is vertical.In other words, octahedral 208i is to X/Y plane and YZ planar tilts and vertical with XZ planes.
Adapter 299 has and first face 201 of box 20i, the 3rd face 203, fourth face 204, the 5th face 205, the hexahedro
206th, the corresponding face of the 7th face 207 and octahedral 208.The face corresponding with second face 202 of box 20i of adapter 299 is
Opening.Adapter 299 has inner space, to receive container assemblies 200i.First face 201 of adapter 299 supplies with ink
Answer structure 280.Additionally, box 20i has the structure similar to the box 20 of the first embodiment illustrated in Fig. 7, with or without
Some changes.First box side restricted part 210 can as shown in figure 36 on adapter 299, or in container assemblies 200i
On (not shown).The positioning of the first box side restricted part 210 and circuit board 40 need not all in container assemblies 200i or adapter
On 299, but one can be on container assemblies 200i and another one can be on adapter 299.Therefore box 20i can be by
The combination of container assemblies 200i and adapter 299 is configured to, as mentioned above.
Figure 37 A show the axonometric chart of the structure of the box 20j with the adapter according to another embodiment.The box
20j is separated into container assemblies 200j and adapter 299j including ink chamber 200, they can after be incorporated into together with
In being installed to the keeper of printing equipment.After printing material in ink chamber 200 is exhausted, user is with new container group
Part is replacing container assemblies 200j or printing material is filled in container assemblies 200j.Adapter 299 can be to make again
.Box 20j is compatible with the box 20i of the first embodiment illustrated in Fig. 7.
Housing 22j for box 20j is configured to the housing and the shell for adapter 299j of container assemblies 200j
The combination of body.Container assemblies 200j includes ink chamber 200 and the ink feed structure 280 for being configured to accommodate ink.Container group
Part 200j has second the face 202j and hexahedro 206j corresponding with second face the 202 and the hexahedro 206th of box 20j.Container group
Part 200j also have the first face 201 respectively with box 20i, the 3rd face 203, fourth face 204, the 5th face 205, the 7th face 207 and
The first corresponding face 201j of octahedral 208, the 3rd face 203j, fourth face 204j, the 5th face (not shown), the 7th face 207j and
Octahedral 208j.First face 201j and the second face 202j are relative to each other in the Z-axis direction；First face 201j is located at-Z-direction side
On, and the second face 202j be located at+Z-direction side on.3rd face 203j and fourth face 204j are relative to each other in the X-axis direction；The
Three face 203j be located at+X-direction side on, and fourth face 204j be located at-X-direction side on.5th face (not shown) and hexahedro
206 is relative to each other in the Y-axis direction；5th face (not shown) be located at-Y direction side on, and hexahedro 206j be located at+Y-axis side
To on side.7th face 207j and octahedral 208j forms the joint face for being connected the first face 201j with the 3rd face 203j.7th face
207j is vertical with the first face 201j, and forms the plane parallel with Y-axis and Z axis (YZ planes).As the 7th face of ladder
207j is relative to the first face 201j into vertical angles.7th face 207j is therefore from the first face 201j along+Z-direction extension.The
Seven face 207j be located at octahedral 208j-X-direction side and-Z-direction side on.Octahedral 208j is by the 7th face 207j and the 3rd
Face 203j connects, and is to the inclined inclined-plane table in direction including+X-direction vector components and-Z-direction vector components
Face.Octahedral 208j to the first face 201j and the 3rd face 203j is inclined, and is hung down with the 5th face (not shown) and hexahedro 206j
Directly.In other words, octahedral 208j is to X/Y plane and YZ planar tilts and vertical with XZ planes.
Adapter 299j has corresponding with first face 201 of box 20j, the 3rd face 203, the face 205 of fourth face 204 and the 5th
Face.The face in second face the 202 and the hexahedro 206th of the formation box 20j of adapter 299 is opening.Adapter 299j has inside
Space, to receive container assemblies 200j.Adapter 299j also has opening in the part in the first face 201.It is arranged on container
Ink feed structure 280 in component 200j is exposed to the opening on the first face 201 for being arranged on adapter 299j, and with
Printing material supply pipe 640 (Fig. 2) connects.Box 20j has the first box lateral spacing system more simpler than first embodiment structure (Fig. 7)
Part 210, but can be have and the mutually isostructural first box side restricted part 210 of first embodiment (Fig. 7).Or, first
Box side restricted part 210 can be a part of adapter 299j or a part of container assemblies 200j as shown in Figure 37 A
(not shown).Similarly, circuit board 40 can as shown in Figure 37 A on adapter 299j or on container assemblies 200j (not
Illustrate).The positioning of the first box side restricted part 210 and circuit board 40 need not all in container assemblies 200j or adapter 299j
On, but one can be on container assemblies 200j and another one can be on adapter 299j.Box 20j has compared to the
3rd face 203 of one embodiment and fourth face 204 have the 3rd face 203 of more low clearance (shorter Z-direction length) and the
On four sides 204, but can be that there is the 3rd face 203 compared to first embodiment with identical height (identical Z-direction length)
With fourth face 204.Box 20j does not have jut 260, but can be have the jut 260 similar with first embodiment.This
Outward, box 20j has the structure similar to the box 20 of the first embodiment illustrated in Fig. 7, with or without some changes.Box
Therefore 20j may be constructed such that the combination of container assemblies 200j and adapter 299j, as mentioned above.
The box illustrated in the embodiment that Figure 37 B show with Fig. 7 is similarly constructed and 20p.However, the area of the embodiment
It is not that box 20p is divided into adapter 299p and ink chamber 200p.Before box 20p is installed to printer, adapter 299p
It is fitted on the end 201p (being illustrated by the broken lines) of ink chamber 200p.Equally, terminal 400p is formed directly into adapter 299p
Surface on.When terminal forms the (electricity on the surface of the box in such as the present embodiment or such as in embodiment on a planar surface
On the surface of road plate) when, the plane surface that terminal is formed thereon is considered " chamfered surface " or " terminal supporting surface ".
Figure 38 shows the axonometric chart of the structure of the box 20k with the adapter according to another embodiment.Box 20k bags
Adapter 299k, outer pot 200T, pipeline 200L and minor adaptations 200S are included, they can all be fitted together, with
In being installed to the keeper of printing equipment.The adapter 299k and adapter 299j described above in reference to Figure 37 A has identical
Structure.Outer pot 200T accommodates printing material and positioned at the outside of printer 50 as shown in Figure 1.Minor adaptations 200S has
There is ink feed structure 280k.Pipeline 200L is used to for printing material to be fed to minor adaptations 200S from outer pot 200T.
Outer pot 200T, minor adaptations 200S and pipeline 200L are used as container assemblies 200k, and it is configured to accommodate ink or printing
Material.As shown in the dotted line in Figure 38, the box 20k of the present embodiment thereby is thought to container assemblies 200k.The present embodiment
Therefore box 20k can be separated into and shows in the box 20i and Figure 37 A illustrated in container assemblies 200k and adapter 299k, with Figure 36
The box 20j for going out is similar to.After printing material in outer pot 200T is used up, user can be replaced outer with new outer pot
Portion tank 200T is filled into printing material in outer pot 200T.Adapter 299k can be what is reused.Box 20k and figure
The box 20 of the first embodiment illustrated in 7 is compatible.
The housing 22k of box 20k is configured to the housing and the shell for adapter 299k of virtual container component 200k
The combination of body.The structure of virtual container component 200k and the structure of adapter 299k and the box 20j above in reference to Figure 37 A descriptions
Structure be similar to, with or without some change.Additionally, box 20k has the class of box 20 with the first embodiment illustrated in Fig. 7
As structure, with or without some change.Therefore box 20k can pass through the combination of container assemblies 200k and adapter 299k
To constitute, as mentioned above.
E. the modification of bar：
According to above example, elastic component 682 is disposed separately with bar 80 (Figure 22).Bar 80 can be by elastic variable
Property material is made.Reference picture 39A, Figure 39 B and Figure 40 describe the modification of bar.
Figure 39 A and Figure 39 B illustrate the structure of the bar 80a according to a modification.Figure 39 A show the outer of bar 80a
The axonometric chart of sight, and Figure 39 B show the side view of the outward appearance of bar 80a.It is with the difference of the bar 80 of first embodiment
Bar 80a extraly has is capable of the arm member 890 of elastic deformation, the control member 830a with different shapes and does not include
Groove 870.Additionally, bar 80a has similar structures with according to the bar 80 (Figure 19) of first embodiment.Bar 80a is (all by synthetic resin
Such as polypropylene) make.
Figure 40 shows and for box 20 to be installed to keeper 60a.According to this embodiment, box 20 has the first box side restricted part
210a, not with Part II 214 (Figure 12).The axis body 850 of bar 80a is installed to the first equipment side wall member 630.Work as bar
80a around axis body 850 rotate when, juts of the arm member 890a against the part for being formed as the first equipment side side wall member 603
603t, with elastic deformation.
F. the modification of box side terminal：
Figure 41 A to Figure 41 C show the modification of terminal shape on circuit boards.Its with Figure 10 A in the circuit that illustrates
The difference of plate 40 is that circuit board 40c-40e has terminal 431-439 of different shapes.The circuit board 40c that illustrates in Figure 41 A and
Each terminal on circuit board 40d illustrated in Figure 41 B have it is irregularly shaped, rather than according to the approximate square of first embodiment
Shape shape (Figure 10 A).In the circuit board 40e illustrated in Figure 41 C, nine terminal 431-439 are arranged on one wire, wherein,
Detection terminal is installed detection terminal 435 and 439 is installed positioned at two ends, and detection terminal 431 and 439 is installed and be located at installation respectively
Between detection terminal 435 and power supply terminal 436 and between installation detection terminal 439 and data terminal 438.In these circuit boards
In 40c to 40e, the contact of these terminals 431-439 (it contacts with the equipment side terminal corresponding to these terminals 431-439)
Part cp has and the identical of box side terminal 400 arrangement illustrated in Figure 10 A.Each terminal can have the shape of various change
Shape, as long as contact portion cp has identical set.
G. other modifications：
Above reference diagram embodiment specifically describes the present invention.However, the present invention is not limited to above enforcement
Example, and can be that embodiment is made various changes and modifications, and without departing from the scope of the present invention.Being described herein below can
Some examples of energy modification.
G-1. the first modification：
According to above example, the second box side restricted part 220 is arranged on fourth face 204, but can be appropriate
Omit on ground.For example, when having relatively small gap between box 20 and each groove of keeper 60, by fourth face 204
All or in part with the second equipment side side wall member 604 against can be with the side of fourth face 204 of constrained box 20 in+Z-direction
Motion, without the second box side restricted part 220.According to another embodiment, for example elastic component can by made by rubber
To be arranged between the fourth face 204 of box 20 and the second equipment side side wall member 604 of keeper 60.The fourth face of box 20
Motion of 204 sides in+Z-direction can pass through the fourth face 204 and the second equipment of keeper 60 of elastic component and box 20
The friction that side side wall member 604 leans is limiting.The elastic component can be and box 20 or the detached component of keeper 60, or
Person can engage with the fourth face 204 of box 20, or engage with the second equipment side side wall member 604 of keeper 60.Do not having
In having the application of the second box side restricted part 220, the second equipment side being arranged in the second equipment side side wall member 604 (Figure 15)
Restriction element 620 can also be omitted.
Second box side restricted part 220 is the jut according to above example, but can be have another kind of form, example
Such as depressed part.In latter application, the second equipment side restriction element 620 being arranged in the second equipment side side wall member 604
It can be jut.According to another embodiment, keeper 60 can be extra component, and it is configured in-Z-direction
The side of fourth face 204 pressure to the second face 202 of box 20.For example, keeper 60 can have slidable rod component.In box 20
After being disposed in box room 602, the side of fourth face 204 in the second face 202 of box 20 can be pressed by rod component.
G-2. the second modification：
First box side restricted part 210 is arranged on and is close at the position according to the cross part 295 of above example, but
The optional position that can be arranged in scope 40Y on the 3rd face 203, or the outside (figure of scope 40Y can be extended to
12).First box side restricted part 210 is positioned in scope 40 and is made it possible to subtly adjust chamfered surface and is mounted thereto
Box side terminal direction.Which ensure that between box side terminal and equipment side terminal stable electrically connects.
G-3. the 3rd modification：
According to above example, as shown in figure 22, bar 80 has a pair of axis bodies 850, and fixture 690 has supporting unit
Part 654.According to another embodiment, bar 80 can have supporting member, and fixture 690 can have axis body.According to
Upper embodiment, bar 80 and the fixture 690 including the second fixing component 680 are used and are installed to keeper 60, with
With the assembling of printer.However, fixture 690 is dispensable.According to another embodiment, supporting member can be with keeper
60 outer wall 603W is integrally formed, to receive and fix bar 80.
G-4. the 4th modification：
As described above, the present invention is not limited to ink-jet printer and its print cartridge, but may apply to be configured to spray
Penetrate the various liquid injection devices of liquid in addition to ink and its liquid container, such as, but not limited to given below
Liquid injection device and their liquid container：
1. image recorder, such as facsimile machine；
2. color material spraying equipment, it is manufactured for the colorized optical filtering of image display device (for example, liquid crystal display)
Piece；
3. electrode material spraying equipment, it is used to form for example organic EL (electroluminescent) display and Field Emission Display
(FED) electrode；
4. liquid injection device, it is configured to spray the liquid containing bio-organic materials for manufacturing biochip
Body；
5. the sample spraying equipment of accurate pipet is used for；
6. lubricating oil spray appliance；
7. resin solution spray appliance；
8. liquid spraying device, it is used for the pole in the accurate mechanical processing including wrist-watch and camera and minutely sprays lubrication
Oil；
9. liquid injection device, it is configured to for the numerical value solution of such as UV-cured resin solution to be ejected into substrate
On, to manufacture the hemispherical microlenses (pellicle mirror) for such as optical communication element；
10. liquid spraying device, it is configured to, and sprinkling is acid or alkaline etch solution, to be etched to substrate；With
And
11. (11) liquid injection devices, it is equipped with the drop for spraying another kind of arbitrarily very small size of liquid
Jet head liquid.
" liquid drop " represents the state of the liquid from liquid injection device injection, and can be grain shape, tear
Shape or tapered wire shape.Here " liquid " can be any material that can be sprayed by liquid injection device." liquid
Body " can make any material in liquid phase.For example, the liquid material of high flow rate or low flow velocity, colloidal sol, gel water, various nothings
During machine solvent and organic solvent, solution, liquid resin and liquid metals (metal melt thing) are all included in " liquid "." liquid "
It is not limited to the liquid of one of three kinds of states of material, but the solution, dispersion and mixing including feature solid-state material granule
Thing, such as dissolving, dispersion mix dye granule in a solvent or metallic particles.The typical case of liquid is included in above reality
Apply the ink and liquid crystal described in example." ink " includes general water-based ink and oil base ink, and various liquid components, all
Such as gelinite ink and thermal melting ink, but it is not limited to these.
G-5. the 5th modification：
The present invention can be completed by following change case.In bracket in each change case after each key element
Symbol of the symbol corresponding to each key element for describing in the first embodiment.
G-5-1. the first change case：
One kind is releasably attached to the box (20) of printing equipment (50) to be included：It is arranged as forming the first of the outer surface of box
Face (201), the first face (201) are with the ink feed structure (280) being connected with printing equipment；It is relative with the first face (201)
Second face (202)；3rd face (203), its be arranged to have one side (191) for being connected with the second face (202) and with one side
(291) contrary another side (290), the 3rd face (203) is positioned at the first face (201) relative to relative direction (Z-direction)
Between the second face (202), the first face (201) and the second face (202) are relative to each other in an opposite direction；With the 3rd face (203)
Relative fourth face (204), fourth face (204) is arranged to that the first face (201) are connected with the second face (202)；Angle part
(265), it is arranged as forming the outer surface (265) that the first face (201) are connected with the 3rd face (203)；It is arranged on angle part
(265) the box side terminal (400) on, box side terminal (400) is arranged in the peace that box (20) is installed to printing equipment (50)
The external force in dress state box (20) pressed upwards from equipment side terminal (700) reception of printing equipment (50)；And first box
Side restricted part (210), it is arranged on the 3rd face (203) and is arranged in installment state by printing equipment (50)
Bar (80) locking, and thus motion of the constrained box (20) on the direction for pressing upwards, wherein, the first box side restricted part
210 are arranged at the position of close box side terminal (400).
G-5-2. the second change case：
One kind is releasably attached to the box (20) of printing equipment (50) to be included：It is arranged as forming the first of the outer surface of box
Face (201), the first face (201) are with the ink feed structure (280) being connected with printing equipment；It is relative with the first face (201)
Second face (202)；3rd face (203), its be arranged to have one side (191) for being connected with the second face (202) and with one side
(291) contrary another side (290), the 3rd face (203) is positioned at the first face (201) relative to relative direction (Z-direction)
Between the second face (202), the first face (201) and the second face (202) are relative to each other in an opposite direction；With the 3rd face (203)
Relative fourth face (204), fourth face (204) is arranged to that the first face (201) are connected with the second face (202)；Angle part
(265), it is arranged as forming the outer surface (265) that the first face (201) are connected with the 3rd face (203)；It is arranged on angle part
(265) the box side terminal (400) on, box side terminal (400) is arranged in the peace that box (20) is installed to printing equipment (50)
The external force under dress state box (20) pressed upwards from equipment side terminal (700) reception of printing equipment (50)；And first box
Side restricted part (210), it is arranged on the 3rd face (203) and is arranged in the mounted state by printing equipment (50)
Bar (80) locking, and thus motion of the constrained box (20) on the direction for pressing upwards, wherein, the first box side restricted part
(210) it is arranged on compared to close one side (291) closer at the position of another side (290).
G-5-3. the 3rd change case：
One kind is releasably attached to the box (20) of printing equipment (50) to be included：It is arranged as forming the first of the outer surface of box
Face (201), the first face (201) are with the ink feed structure (280) being connected with printing equipment；It is relative with the first face (201)
Second face (202)；3rd face (203), its be arranged to have one side (191) for being connected with the second face (202) and with one side
(291) contrary another side (290), the 3rd face (203) is positioned at the first face (201) relative to relative direction (Z-direction)
Between the second face (202), the first face (201) and the second face (202) are relative to each other in an opposite direction；With the 3rd face (203)
Relative fourth face (204), fourth face (204) is arranged to that the first face (201) are connected with the second face (202)；Angle part
(265), it is arranged as forming the outer surface (265) that the first face (201) are connected with the 3rd face (203)；It is arranged on angle part
(265) the box side terminal (400) on, box side terminal (400) is arranged in the peace that box (20) is installed to printing equipment (50)
The external force under dress state box (20) pressed upwards from equipment side terminal (700) reception of printing equipment (50)；And first box
Side restricted part (210), it is arranged on the 3rd face (203) and is arranged in the mounted state by printing equipment (50)
Bar (80) locking, and thus motion of the constrained box (20) on the direction for pressing upwards, wherein, the first box side restricted part
(210) it is arranged on compared to close one side (291) closer at the position of another side (290).
Similar with above-mentioned first embodiment, any of first to the 3rd change case advantageously prevent box side terminal
Relative to the position mispairing of printing equipment, and stable electrically connecting of therefore ensuring that between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.
In any of first to the 3rd change case, when in the mounted state in relative direction (Z-direction) from the first surface side
Be to the direction of the second surface side+Z-direction and from the second surface side to the direction of the first surface side be-Z-direction when, the first box side
Restricted part be preferably located in the rotary shaft of bar-Z-direction side on.
G-5-4. the 4th change case
One kind is releasably attached to the box (20) of printing equipment (50) to be included：The ink feed knot being connected with printing equipment
Structure (280)；Box side terminal (400), it is arranged in box (20) and is installed under the installment state of printing equipment (50) from print
The equipment side terminal (700) of brush equipment (50) receives the external force pressed upwards to box (20)；And the first box side restricted part
(210), it is located at box side terminal (400) phase homonymy and is arranged in the mounted state by the bar of printing equipment (50)
(80) locking, and thus motion of the constrained box (20) on the direction for pressing upwards, wherein, the first box side restricted part
(210) it is arranged at the position of close box side terminal (700).
Be when direction of exerting pressure upwards+Z-direction and upwards the rightabout of direction of exerting pressure be-Z-direction when, the first box
Side restricted part be preferably located in the rotary shaft of bar-Z-direction side on.
Similar with above-mentioned first embodiment, the 4th change case advantageously prevent position of the box side terminal relative to printing equipment
Put mispairing, and stable electrically connecting of therefore ensuring that between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.
G-6. the 6th modification
The present invention can be completed by following change case.In bracket in each change case after each key element
Symbol of the symbol corresponding to each key element for describing in the first embodiment.
G-6-1. the first change case：
One kind is releasably attached to the box (20) of printing equipment (50) to be included：It is arranged as forming the first of the outer surface of box
Face (201), the first face (201) are with the printing material Supply Structure (280) being connected with printing equipment；With the first face (201) phase
To the second face (202)；3rd face (203), its be arranged to have one side (191) for being connected with the second face (202) and with
(291) contrary another side (290) on one side, the 3rd face (203) is positioned at the first face relative to relative direction (Z-direction)
(201) and the second face (202) between, relative direction is that the first face (201) and the second face (202) are relative to each other in this direction
Direction；The fourth face (204) relative with the 3rd face (203), fourth face (204) is arranged and the first face (201) and the second face
(202) intersect；5th face (205), it is arranged to and the first face (201), the second face (202), the 3rd face (203) and fourth face
(204) intersect；Hexahedro (206) relative with the 5th face (205)；Angle part (265), it is arranged as being formed the first face
(201) outer surface (265) being connected with the 3rd face (203)；The box side terminal (400) being arranged on angle part (265), box side
Terminal (400) is arranged in box (20) and is installed in the installment state of printing equipment (50) from the equipment of printing equipment (50)
Side terminal (700) receives the external force pressed upwards to box (20)；And first box side restricted part (210), it is arranged on the 3rd
On face (203) and it is arranged in installment state by bar (80) locking of printing equipment (50), and thus constrained box
(20) motion on the direction for pressing upwards, wherein, relative to the 5th face (205) and the relative direction (Y of hexahedro (206)
Direction of principal axis), the first box side restricted part 210 is not located therein being provided with the scope outside of box side terminal (400) but positioned at it
Inner side.
G-6-2. the second change case：
One kind is releasably attached to the box (20) of printing equipment (50) to be included：The printing material being connected with printing equipment is supplied
Answer structure (280)；Box side terminal (400), it is arranged on the outer surface of box (20), and box side terminal (400) is arranged in
Box (20) is installed under the installment state of printing equipment (50) from the equipment side terminal (700) of printing equipment (50) and receives to box
(20) external force for pressing upwards；And first box side restricted part (211), it is located at outer with box side terminal (400) phase homonymy
On surface, the first box side restricted part (211) is arranged in the mounted state by bar (80) locking of printing equipment (50), with
Motion of the constrained box (20) on the direction (+Z-direction) for pressing upwards, wherein, relative to the width of box, the first box side
Restricted part (211) is not located therein being provided with the outside of the scope (40Y) of box side terminal (400) but on its inside.Root
According to the first or second change case, box side terminal receives the power along direction of exerting pressure upwards from equipment side terminal.This makes it possible to shy
The adjustment of happiness ground is provided with the direction of the part of box side terminal and ensure that the stable electricity between box side terminal and equipment side terminal
Connection.According to the first or second change case, preferably the first box side restricted part is located at the lower section of the rotary shaft of bar.Here art
Language " lower section " is for example corresponding to-Z-direction or the direction contrary with direction of exerting pressure upwards.
G-7. the 7th modification：
The present invention can be completed by following description and change.In bracket in each description after each key element
Symbol corresponding to the symbol of each key element for describing in the first embodiment.
G-7-1. the first change case
One kind is suitable for the print cartridge (20) being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Component (731-739) is formed including multiple equipment side contacts, it is constructed and arranged to when print cartridge (20) is by equipment side contacts shape
Elastic force (Pt) is applied to into print cartridge (20) when pressing into component (731-739), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also include having and connect
The bar (80) of part (810) is closed, print cartridge (20) includes：Box body (22), it includes anterior (203), rear portion (204), top (202)
With bottom (201), anterior (203) and rear portion (204) are toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other；Electronics
Device；For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink；Ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at the bottom (201) of box body (22)
Place, is suitable for and is configured to that ink is fed to into ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure from ink chamber (200)
(280) with the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20)；Terminal is supported
Structure (408), it orientates the front portion (203) of immediately box body (22) as, and terminal support structure (408) with electronic installation with being connected
Multiple conductance electric terminals (400), terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), to work as print cartridge
(20) when being installed on printing equipment (50), contact portion (cp) place and the contact in terminal (400) forms component (731-
739) elastic force (Pt) is contacted and receives from it, contact portion (cp) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), is connect
Tactile part planar is neither parallel nor perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)；And first restricted part
(210), it is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), to limit print cartridge (20) contrary with installation direction (SD)
Direction (RD) on motion, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure
(408)。
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer in print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of positioning.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position movement of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation can be suppressed.Therefore,
The positioning of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal and equipment side terminal is electrically connected.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacture bar material it is different.
It is also possible in the requirement for needing not worry about flexible and durability and more pay close attention to such as ink durability other are special
Property in the state of select box material.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, not needing special attention to prevent in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplifies to encapsulate and require and improve the convenience for using.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for being packaged box transport to carry out box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity are manufacturing the first box side restricted part.This causes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or placement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
The normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is this maintains, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, for transport and distribution box
Do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in encapsulation, this with U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 in box
It is different.This reduce to encapsulate and require and also improve the convenience for using.
The structure can be connected to each other box terminal with the bonding part of box, (rather than beautiful to become unique rigid structure
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal it is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) and also with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can suitably be wiped during box to be inserted into printer.Additionally, the construction
Printer terminal and issuable insulation rupture (ash during circuit board long range scraping during the installation of box has been reduced or eliminated
Dirt).
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, so need not provide similar in United States Patent (USP) 6, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Have an effect together to press printer side terminal and box side terminal from the elastic force of printer side terminal, and when first
Also by box along the direction movement removed from printer when engagement between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Need to provide additional spring like that as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422, this cause simpler structure and reduce into
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part of bar, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will form structure by equipment side contacts
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
Move in both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal and equipment side contacts form the mispairing between component or the probability that disconnects is less.
Adaptations 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Angle between 25 degree to 40 degree of Cheng Yue.
As described in reference picture 42A- Figure 45, when contact portion plane relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288 into
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply to prevent the power of half insertion enough.
Adaptations 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, box body (20) is observed in the state of facing down in ink feed structure (280)
When anterior (203), the rightmost side contact portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) positioned at multiple terminals (400)
Left side and multiple terminals (400) leftmost side contact portion right side.
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, such as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then itself and equipment side contacts
The contact for forming the part (such as the terminal 734 in Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminals (400), print cartridge can be with
Sufficiently incline so that the electrical contact that multiple terminals and equipment side contacts are formed between component can even more stablize.
Adaptations 3
Print cartridge (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the rear portion of print cartridge (20) (204),
Second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured to be engaged with the various pieces (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), its
In, when along the orientation measurement vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from when, the second restricted part (220)
The distance between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) (B) connecing more than the first restricted part (210)
Close the distance between part (212) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce what the first restricted part departed from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and
During prone that unilateral observation print cartridge (20) of ink feed structure (280), when along with the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) vertical orientation measurement apart from when, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with limited by leading edge (288)
The distance between plane (BP) (A) less than the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) when box (20) is mounted with by leading edge
(288) the distance between plane (BP) for limiting (C).
The distance between bonding part and plane limited by leading edge when the first restricted part in box less than being mounted
When bar the distance between pivotal point and the plane that limited by leading edge when, bar for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases the probability of locking or disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component in multiple terminals and contact
Stable electrical connection is produced, and reduces poor successional probability.When power by from contact formed component be applied to it is mounted
Box when, the first restricted part can around bar rotary shaft move.The bonding part of the first restricted part is this reduced from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and
When print cartridge (20) are observed in prone that side (203) of ink feed structure (280), first limiting unit when box (20) is mounted
The bonding part (212) of point (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure faces down
That unilateral observation print cartridge when the first restricted part bonding part at the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is in bar
Upper generation rotating torques, rotary shaft of the bar around bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with locking is released.This reduce
The bonding part of the first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminals
Stable electrically connecting between component is formed with equipment side contacts.Even if in box reception, the first restricted part will be with box one
With mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when before the prone state observation box body (22) of ink feed structure (280)
During portion (203), the width of at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) generally within print cartridge (20)
Centre.
By at least a portion basic bit that the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part for causing the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of print cartridge, the first restricted part is located at extremely at the position of multiple terminals, can be caused multiple
The electrical connection that terminal and equipment side contacts are formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is substantially flush with bottom surface (201).
G-7-2. the second change case
One kind is suitable for the print cartridge (20) being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Component (731-739) is formed including multiple equipment side contacts, it is constructed and arranged to when print cartridge (20) is by equipment side contacts shape
Elastic force (Pt) is applied to into print cartridge (20) when pressing into component (731-739), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also include having and connect
The bar (80) of part (810) is closed, print cartridge (20) includes：Box body (22), it includes anterior (203), rear portion (204), top (202)
With bottom (201), anterior (203) and rear portion (204) are toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other；Electronics
Device；For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink；Ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at the bottom (201) of box body (22)
Place, is suitable for and is configured to that ink is fed to into ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure from ink chamber (200)
(280) with the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20)；Terminal is supported
Structure (408), it orientates the front portion (203) of immediately box body (22) as, and terminal support structure (408) with electronic installation with being connected
Multiple conductance electric terminals (400), terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), to work as print cartridge
(20) form component (731-739) with the contact of ink-jet printing apparatus (50) when being installed on printing equipment (50) to contact simultaneously
Receive from it elastic force (Pt), terminal (400) is arranged substantially in terminal plane (TP), terminal plane neither with leading edge
(288) plane (BP) is not parallel also perpendicular；And first restricted part (210), it is suitable for the engagement with bar (80)
Partly (810) engagement, to limit motion of the print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the first limiting unit
The bonding part (212) for dividing (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer in print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of positioning.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position movement of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation can be suppressed.Therefore,
The positioning of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal and equipment side terminal is electrically connected.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacture bar material it is different.
It is also possible in the requirement for needing not worry about flexible and durability and more pay close attention to such as ink durability other are special
Property in the state of select box material.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, not needing special attention to prevent in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplifies to encapsulate and require and improve the convenience for using.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for being packaged box transport to carry out box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity are manufacturing the first box side restricted part.This causes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or placement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
The normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is this maintains, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, for transport and distribution box
Do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in encapsulation, this with U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 in box
It is different.This reduce to encapsulate and require and also improve the convenience for using.
The structure can be connected to each other box terminal with the bonding part of box, (rather than beautiful to become unique rigid structure
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) nor hangs down with it
Directly, so the surface of box terminal can suitably be wiped during box to be inserted into printer.Additionally, the construction reduces
Or issuable insulation rupture (dust) when eliminating that printer terminal and circuit board are scraped over long distances during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, so need not provide similar in United States Patent (USP) 6, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Have an effect together to press printer side terminal and box side terminal from the elastic force of printer side terminal, and when first
Also by box along the direction movement removed from printer when engagement between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Need to provide additional spring like that as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422, this cause simpler structure and reduce into
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part of bar, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will form structure by equipment side contacts
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
Move in both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal and equipment side contacts form the mispairing between component or the probability that disconnects is less.
Adaptations 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) relative to the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) into
Angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree.
As described in reference picture 42A- Figure 45, when terminal plane relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288 into about
During angle between 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply to prevent the power of half insertion enough.
Adaptations 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, box body (20) is observed in the state of facing down in ink feed structure (280)
When anterior (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals (400)
The right side of the left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of the left side at edge and multiple terminals (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, such as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then itself and equipment side contacts
The contact for forming the part (such as the terminal 734 in Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with
The right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminals (400),
Print cartridge can be inclined sufficiently so that the electrical contact that multiple terminals and equipment side contacts are formed between component can be even more steady
It is fixed.
Adaptations 3
Print cartridge (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the rear portion of print cartridge (20) (204),
Second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured to be engaged with the various pieces (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), its
In, when along the orientation measurement vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from when, the second restricted part (220)
The distance between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) (B) connecing more than the first restricted part (210)
Close the distance between part (212) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and
During prone that unilateral observation print cartridge (20) of ink feed structure (280), when along with the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) vertical orientation measurement apart from when, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with limited by leading edge (288)
The distance between plane (BP) (A) less than the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) when box (20) is mounted with by leading edge
(288) the distance between plane (BP) for limiting (C).
The distance between bonding part and plane limited by leading edge when the first restricted part in box less than being mounted
When bar the distance between pivotal point and the plane that limited by leading edge when, bar for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases the probability of locking or disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component in multiple terminals and contact
Stable electrical connection is produced, and reduces poor successional probability.When power by from contact formed component be applied to it is mounted
Box when, the first restricted part can around bar rotary shaft move.The bonding part of the first restricted part is this reduced from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and
When print cartridge (20) are observed in prone that side (203) of ink feed structure (280), first limiting unit when box (20) is mounted
The bonding part (212) of point (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure faces down
That unilateral observation print cartridge when the first restricted part bonding part at the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is in bar
Upper generation rotating torques, rotary shaft of the bar around bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with locking is released.This reduce
The bonding part of the first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminals
Stable electrically connecting between component is formed with equipment side contacts.Even if in box reception, the first restricted part will be with box one
With mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when before the prone state observation box body (22) of ink feed structure (280)
During portion (203), the width of at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) generally within print cartridge (20)
Centre.
By at least a portion basic bit that the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part for causing the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of print cartridge, the first restricted part is located at extremely at the position of multiple terminals, can be caused multiple
The electrical connection that terminal and equipment side contacts are formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is substantially flush with bottom (201).
G-7-3. the 3rd change case
One kind is suitable for the print cartridge (20) being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Component (731-739) is formed including multiple equipment side contacts, it is constructed and arranged to when print cartridge (20) is by equipment side contacts shape
Elastic force (Pt) is applied to into print cartridge (20) when pressing into component (731-739), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also include having and connect
The bar (80) of part (810) is closed, print cartridge (20) includes：Box body (22), it include first surface (203), second surface (204),
3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are toward each other and the 3rd surface
(202) and the 4th surface (201) toward each other；Electronic installation；For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink；Ink feed structure
(280), it is positioned at the 4th surface (201) place of box body (22), is suitable for and is configured to supply ink from ink chamber (200)
Ink-jet printing apparatus (50) should be arrived, ink feed structure (280) is with the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), leading edge
Define the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20)；Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the first surface of immediately box body (22) as
(203), terminal support structure (408) is with the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, contact portion (cp)
It is suitable for and is disposed in contact portion structure (408), with when print cartridge (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), at end
Contact portion (cp) place of sub (400) forms component (731-739) and contacts and receive from it elastic force (Pt) with contact, contacts
Partly (400) are arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane neither with the plane of leading edge (288)
(BP) it is parallel also not perpendicular；And first restricted part (210), it is suitable for being connect with the bonding part (810) of bar (80)
Close, limiting motion of the print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the first restricted part (210) connect
Close part (212) and be positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer in print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of positioning.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position movement of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation can be suppressed.Therefore,
The positioning of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal and equipment side terminal is electrically connected.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacture bar material it is different.
It is also possible in the requirement for needing not worry about flexible and durability and more pay close attention to such as ink durability other are special
Property in the state of select box material.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, not needing special attention to prevent in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplifies to encapsulate and require and improve the convenience for using.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for being packaged box transport to carry out box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity are manufacturing the first box side restricted part.This causes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or placement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
The normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is this maintains, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, for transport and distribution box
Do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in encapsulation, this with U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 in box
It is different.This reduce to encapsulate and require and also improve the convenience for using.
The structure can be connected to each other box terminal with the bonding part of box, (rather than beautiful to become unique rigid structure
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal it is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) and also with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can suitably be wiped during box to be inserted into printer.Additionally, the construction
Printer terminal and issuable insulation rupture (ash during circuit board long range scraping during the installation of box has been reduced or eliminated
Dirt).
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, so need not provide similar in United States Patent (USP) 6, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Have an effect together to press printer side terminal and box side terminal from the elastic force of printer side terminal, and when first
Also by box along the direction movement removed from printer when engagement between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Need to provide additional spring like that as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422, this cause simpler structure and reduce into
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part of bar, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will form structure by equipment side contacts
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
Move in both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal and equipment side contacts form the mispairing between component or the probability that disconnects is less.
Adaptations 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Angle between 25 degree to 40 degree of Cheng Yue.
As described in reference picture 42A- Figure 45, when contact portion plane relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288 into
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply to prevent the power of half insertion enough.
Adaptations 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, box body (20) is observed in the state of facing down in ink feed structure (280)
During first surface (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) contacts positioned at the rightmost side of multiple terminals (400)
Partial left side and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminals (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, such as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then itself and equipment side contacts
The contact for forming the part (such as the terminal 734 in Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminals (400), print cartridge can be with
Sufficiently incline so that the electrical contact that multiple terminals and equipment side contacts are formed between component can even more stablize.
Adaptations 3
Print cartridge (20) as above, the second restricted part being additionally included on the second surface of print cartridge (20) (204)
(220), second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured to the various pieces (620) with ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Engagement, wherein, when along the orientation measurement vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from when, the second limiting unit
The distance between the bonding part of point (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) (B) is more than the first restricted part
(210) the distance between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and
During prone that unilateral observation print cartridge (20) of ink feed structure (280), when along with the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) vertical orientation measurement apart from when, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with limited by leading edge (288)
The distance between plane (BP) (A) less than the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) when box (20) is mounted with by leading edge
(288) the distance between plane (BP) for limiting (C).
The distance between bonding part and plane limited by leading edge when the first restricted part in box less than being mounted
When bar the distance between pivotal point and the plane that limited by leading edge when, bar for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases the probability of locking or disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component in multiple terminals and contact
Stable electrical connection is produced, and reduces poor successional probability.When power by from contact formed component be applied to it is mounted
Box when, the first restricted part can around bar rotary shaft move.The bonding part of the first restricted part is this reduced from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and
When print cartridge (20) are observed in prone that side (203) of ink feed structure (280), first limiting unit when box (20) is mounted
The bonding part (212) of point (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure faces down
That unilateral observation print cartridge when the first restricted part bonding part at the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is in bar
Upper generation rotating torques, rotary shaft of the bar around bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with locking is released.This reduce
The bonding part of the first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminals
Stable electrically connecting between component is formed with equipment side contacts.Even if in box reception, the first restricted part will be with box one
With mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when the of the prone state observation box body (22) of ink feed structure (280)
During one surface (203), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is generally within print cartridge (20)
At width midway.
By at least a portion basic bit that the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part for causing the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of print cartridge, the first restricted part is located at extremely at the position of multiple terminals, can be caused multiple
The electrical connection that terminal and equipment side contacts are formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is substantially neat with the 4th surface (201)
It is flat.
G-7-4. the 4th change case
One kind is suitable for the print cartridge (20) being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Component (731-739) is formed including multiple equipment side contacts, it is constructed and arranged to when print cartridge (20) is by equipment side contacts shape
Elastic force (Pt) is applied to into print cartridge (20) when pressing into component (731-739), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also include having and connect
The bar (80) of part (810) is closed, print cartridge (20) includes：Box body (22), it include first surface (203), second surface (204),
3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are toward each other and the 3rd surface
(202) and the 4th surface (201) toward each other；Electronic installation；For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink；Ink feed structure
(280), it is positioned at the 4th surface (201) place of box body (22), is suitable for and is configured to supply ink from ink chamber (200)
Ink-jet printing apparatus (50) should be arrived, ink feed structure (280) is with the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), leading edge
Define the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20)；Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the first surface of immediately box body (22) as
(203), terminal support structure (408) with the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, fit by terminal (400)
Together in and be disposed on terminal support structure (408), with when print cartridge (20) is installed on printing equipment (50) with contact
Form component (731-739) to contact and receive from it elastic force (Pt), terminal (400) is arranged substantially in terminal plane (TP)
In, terminal plane is neither parallel nor perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288) so that form component from equipment side contacts
(731-739) vector components of elastic force (Pt) promote print cartridge along the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD)；With
And first restricted part (210), it is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), with limit print cartridge (20) with peace
Motion on the contrary direction (RD) of dress direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to end
Sub- supporting structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer in print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of positioning.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position movement of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation can be suppressed.Therefore,
The positioning of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal and equipment side terminal is electrically connected.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacture bar material it is different.
It is also possible in the requirement for needing not worry about flexible and durability and more pay close attention to such as ink durability other are special
Property in the state of select box material.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, not needing special attention to prevent in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplifies to encapsulate and require and improve the convenience for using.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for being packaged box transport to carry out box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity are manufacturing the first box side restricted part.This causes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or placement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
The normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is this maintains, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, for transport and distribution box
Do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in encapsulation, this with U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 in box
It is different.This reduce to encapsulate and require and also improve the convenience for using.
The structure can be connected to each other box terminal with the bonding part of box, (rather than beautiful to become unique rigid structure
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) nor hangs down with it
Directly, so the surface of box terminal can suitably be wiped during box to be inserted into printer.Additionally, the construction reduces
Or issuable insulation rupture (dust) when eliminating that printer terminal and circuit board are scraped over long distances during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, so need not provide similar in United States Patent (USP) 6, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Have an effect together to press printer side terminal and box side terminal from the elastic force of printer side terminal, and when first
Also by box along the direction movement removed from printer when engagement between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Need to provide additional spring like that as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422, this cause simpler structure and reduce into
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part of bar, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will form structure by equipment side contacts
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
Move in both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal and equipment side contacts form the mispairing between component or the probability that disconnects is less.
Adaptations 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) relative to the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) into
Angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree.
As described in reference picture 42A- Figure 45, when terminal plane relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288 into about
During angle between 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply to prevent the power of half insertion enough.
Adaptations 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, box body (20) is observed in the state of facing down in ink feed structure (280)
During first surface (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) contacts positioned at the rightmost side of multiple terminals (400)
Partial left side and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminals (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, such as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then itself and equipment side contacts
The contact for forming the part (such as the terminal 734 in Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminals (400), print cartridge can be with
Sufficiently incline so that the electrical contact that multiple terminals and equipment side contacts are formed between component can even more stablize.
Adaptations 3
Print cartridge (20) as above, the second restricted part being additionally included on the second surface of print cartridge (20) (204)
(220), second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured to the various pieces (620) with ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Engagement, wherein, when along the orientation measurement vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from when, the second limiting unit
The distance between the bonding part of point (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) (B) is more than the first restricted part
(210) the distance between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and
During prone that unilateral observation print cartridge (20) of ink feed structure (280), when along with the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) vertical orientation measurement apart from when, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with limited by leading edge (288)
The distance between plane (BP) (A) less than the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) when box (20) is mounted with by leading edge
(288) the distance between plane (BP) for limiting (C).
The distance between bonding part and plane limited by leading edge when the first restricted part in box less than being mounted
When bar the distance between pivotal point and the plane that limited by leading edge when, bar for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases the probability of locking or disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component in multiple terminals and contact
Stable electrical connection is produced, and reduces poor successional probability.When power by from contact formed component be applied to it is mounted
Box when, the first restricted part can around bar rotary shaft move.The bonding part of the first restricted part is this reduced from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and
When print cartridge (20) are observed in prone that side (203) of ink feed structure (280), first limiting unit when box (20) is mounted
The bonding part (212) of point (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure faces down
That unilateral observation print cartridge when the first restricted part bonding part at the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is in bar
Upper generation rotating torques, rotary shaft of the bar around bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with locking is released.This reduce
The bonding part of the first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminals
Stable electrically connecting between component is formed with equipment side contacts.Even if in box reception, the first restricted part will be with box one
With mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when the of the prone state observation box body (22) of ink feed structure (280)
During one surface (203), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is generally within print cartridge (20)
At width midway.
By at least a portion basic bit that the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part for causing the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of print cartridge, the first restricted part is located at extremely at the position of multiple terminals, can be caused multiple
The electrical connection that terminal and equipment side contacts are formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is substantially neat with the 4th surface (201)
It is flat.
G-7-5. the 5th change case
A kind of combination of a part for print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), the combination includes：Ink-jet printing apparatus
(50) a part, the part includes：Multiple equipment side contacts form component (731-739), and it is applied to elastic force (Pt)
Print cartridge (20)；And the bar (80) with bonding part (810)；Print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) includes：Box body (22), it includes
Anterior (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), anterior (203) and rear portion (204) relative to each other and top
(202) and bottom (201) toward each other；For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink；Electronic installation；Ink feed structure
(280), it is positioned at bottom (201) place of box body (22), is suitable for and is configured to be fed to ink from ink chamber (200)
Ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) is limited with the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), leading edge
The plane (BP) of print cartridge (20)；Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the front portion (203) of immediately box body (22), terminal as
, with the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is in terminal support structure for bearing structure (408)
(408) on, contact and receive from it to form component (731-739) with contact at the contact portion of terminal (400) (cp) place
Elastic force (Pt), contact portion (cp) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane neither with front
The plane of edge (288) is not parallel also perpendicular；And first restricted part (210), its bonding part (810) with bar (80)
Engagement, to limit motion of the print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the first restricted part (210)
Bonding part (212) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer in print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of positioning.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position movement of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation can be suppressed.Therefore,
The positioning of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal and equipment side terminal is electrically connected.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacture bar material it is different.
It is also possible in the requirement for needing not worry about flexible and durability and more pay close attention to such as ink durability other are special
Property in the state of select box material.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, not needing special attention to prevent in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplifies to encapsulate and require and improve the convenience for using.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for being packaged box transport to carry out box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity are manufacturing the first box side restricted part.This causes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or placement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
The normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is this maintains, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, for transport and distribution box
Do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in encapsulation, this with U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 in box
It is different.This reduce to encapsulate and require and also improve the convenience for using.
The structure can be connected to each other box terminal with the bonding part of box, (rather than beautiful to become unique rigid structure
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal it is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) and also with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can suitably be wiped during box to be inserted into printer.Additionally, the construction
Printer terminal and issuable insulation rupture (ash during circuit board long range scraping during the installation of box has been reduced or eliminated
Dirt).
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, so need not provide similar in United States Patent (USP) 6, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Have an effect together to press printer side terminal and box side terminal from the elastic force of printer side terminal, and when first
Also by box along the direction movement removed from printer when engagement between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Need to provide additional spring like that as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422, this cause simpler structure and reduce into
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part of bar, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will form structure by equipment side contacts
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
Move in both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal and equipment side contacts form the mispairing between component or the probability that disconnects is less.
Adaptations 1
Combination as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Angle between 25 degree to 40 degree of Cheng Yue.
As described in reference picture 42A- Figure 45, when contact portion plane relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288 into
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply to prevent the power of half insertion enough.
Adaptations 2
Combination as above, wherein, box body (20) is observed in the state of facing down in ink feed structure (280)
When anterior (203), the rightmost side contact portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) positioned at multiple terminals (400)
Left side and multiple terminals (400) leftmost side contact portion right side.
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, such as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then itself and equipment side contacts
The contact for forming the part (such as the terminal 734 in Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminals (400), print cartridge can be with
Sufficiently incline so that the electrical contact that multiple terminals and equipment side contacts are formed between component can even more stablize.
Adaptations 3
Combination as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the rear portion of print cartridge (20) (204), this
Two restricted parts (220) are engaged with the various pieces (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along with by leading edge
(288) the vertical orientation measurement of plane (BP) for limiting apart from when, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by leading edge
(288) the distance between plane (BP) for limiting (B) is more than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and by front
The distance between the plane (BP) that edge (288) is limited (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Combination as above, wherein, pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) with two ends and in the middle of two ends,
And when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) it is prone that
Side observation print cartridge (20) when, when along the orientation measurement vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from when, first
The distance between the bonding part (212) of restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) (A) less than
The distance between the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) (C) when box (20) is mounted.
The distance between bonding part and plane limited by leading edge when the first restricted part in box less than being mounted
When bar the distance between pivotal point and the plane that limited by leading edge when, bar for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases the probability of locking or disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component in multiple terminals and contact
Stable electrical connection is produced, and reduces poor successional probability.When power by from contact formed component be applied to it is mounted
Box when, the first restricted part can around bar rotary shaft move.The bonding part of the first restricted part is this reduced from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Combination as above, wherein, pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) with two ends and in the middle of two ends,
And when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) it is prone that
During observation print cartridge (20) of side (203), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in bar
The left side of pivotal point (800c).
When box be installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure faces down
That unilateral observation print cartridge when the first restricted part bonding part at the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is in bar
Upper generation rotating torques, rotary shaft of the bar around bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with locking is released.This reduce
The bonding part of the first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminals
Stable electrically connecting between component is formed with equipment side contacts.Even if in box reception, the first restricted part will be with box one
With mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Combination as above, wherein, when before the prone state observation box body (22) of ink feed structure (280)
During portion (203), the width of at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) generally within print cartridge (20)
Centre.
By at least a portion basic bit that the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part for causing the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of print cartridge, the first restricted part is located at extremely at the position of multiple terminals, can be caused multiple
The electrical connection that terminal and equipment side contacts are formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 7
Combination as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is substantially flush with bottom (201).
G-7-6. the 6th change case
A kind of combination of a part for print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), the combination includes：Ink-jet printing apparatus
(50) a part, the part includes：Multiple equipment side contacts form component (731-739), and it is applied to elastic force (Pt)
Print cartridge (20)；And the bar (80) with bonding part (810)；Print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) includes：Box body (22), it includes
Anterior (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), anterior (203) and rear portion (204) relative to each other and top
(202) and bottom (201) toward each other；Electronic installation；For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink；Ink feed structure
(280), it is positioned at bottom (201) place of box body (22), is suitable for and is configured to be fed to ink from ink chamber (200)
Ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) is limited with the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), leading edge
The plane (BP) of print cartridge (20)；Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the front portion (203) of immediately box body (22), terminal as
, with the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is in terminal support structure for bearing structure (408)
(408) on, contact and receive from it elastic force (Pt) to form component (731-739) with contact, terminal (400) is by basic cloth
Put in terminal plane (TP), terminal plane is neither parallel nor perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288)；And first limit
System part (210), it is engaged with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), to limit print cartridge (20) contrary with installation direction (SD)
Direction (RD) on motion, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure
(408)。
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer in print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of positioning.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position movement of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation can be suppressed.Therefore,
The positioning of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal and equipment side terminal is electrically connected.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacture bar material it is different.
It is also possible in the requirement for needing not worry about flexible and durability and more pay close attention to such as ink durability other are special
Property in the state of select box material.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, not needing special attention to prevent in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplifies to encapsulate and require and improve the convenience for using.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for being packaged box transport to carry out box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity are manufacturing the first box side restricted part.This causes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or placement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
The normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is this maintains, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, for transport and distribution box
Do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in encapsulation, this with U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 in box
It is different.This reduce to encapsulate and require and also improve the convenience for using.
The structure can be connected to each other box terminal with the bonding part of box, (rather than beautiful to become unique rigid structure
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) nor hangs down with it
Directly, so the surface of box terminal can suitably be wiped during box to be inserted into printer.Additionally, the construction reduces
Or issuable insulation rupture (dust) when eliminating that printer terminal and circuit board are scraped over long distances during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, so need not provide similar in United States Patent (USP) 6, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Have an effect together to press printer side terminal and box side terminal from the elastic force of printer side terminal, and when first
Also by box along the direction movement removed from printer when engagement between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Need to provide additional spring like that as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422, this cause simpler structure and reduce into
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part of bar, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will form structure by equipment side contacts
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
Move in both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal and equipment side contacts form the mispairing between component or the probability that disconnects is less.
Adaptations 1
Combination as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) relative to the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) into
Angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree.
As described in reference picture 42A- Figure 45, when terminal plane relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288 into about
During angle between 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply to prevent the power of half insertion enough.
Adaptations 2
Combination as above, wherein, box body (20) is observed in the state of facing down in ink feed structure (280)
When anterior (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals (400)
The right side of the left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of the left side at edge and multiple terminals (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, such as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then itself and equipment side contacts
The contact for forming the part (such as the terminal 734 in Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with
The right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminals (400),
Print cartridge can be inclined sufficiently so that the electrical contact that multiple terminals and equipment side contacts are formed between component can be even more steady
It is fixed.
Adaptations 3
Combination as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the rear portion of print cartridge (20) (204), this
Two restricted parts (220) are engaged with the various pieces (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along with by leading edge
(288) the vertical orientation measurement of plane (BP) for limiting apart from when, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by leading edge
(288) the distance between plane (BP) for limiting (B) is more than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and by front
The distance between the plane (BP) that edge (288) is limited (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Combination as above, wherein, pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) with two ends and in the middle of two ends,
And when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) it is prone that
Side observation print cartridge (20) when, when along the orientation measurement vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from when, first
The distance between the bonding part (212) of restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) (A) less than
The distance between the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) (C) when box (20) is mounted.
The distance between bonding part and plane limited by leading edge when the first restricted part in box less than being mounted
When bar the distance between pivotal point and the plane that limited by leading edge when, bar for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases the probability of locking or disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component in multiple terminals and contact
Stable electrical connection is produced, and reduces poor successional probability.When power by from contact formed component be applied to it is mounted
Box when, the first restricted part can around bar rotary shaft move.The bonding part of the first restricted part is this reduced from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Combination as above, wherein, pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) with two ends and in the middle of two ends,
And when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) it is prone that
During observation print cartridge (20) of side (203), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in bar
The left side of pivotal point (800c).
When box be installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure faces down
That unilateral observation print cartridge when the first restricted part bonding part at the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is in bar
Upper generation rotating torques, rotary shaft of the bar around bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with locking is released.This reduce
The bonding part of the first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminals
Stable electrically connecting between component is formed with equipment side contacts.Even if in box reception, the first restricted part will be with box one
With mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Combination as above, wherein, when before the prone state observation box body (22) of ink feed structure (280)
During portion (203), the width of at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) generally within print cartridge (20)
Centre.
By at least a portion basic bit that the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part for causing the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of print cartridge, the first restricted part is located at extremely at the position of multiple terminals, can be caused multiple
The electrical connection that terminal and equipment side contacts are formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 7
Combination as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is substantially flush with bottom surface (201).
G-7-7. the 7th change case
A kind of combination of a part for print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), the combination includes：Ink-jet printing apparatus
(50) a part, the part includes：Multiple equipment side contacts form component (731-739), and it is applied to elastic force (Pt)
Print cartridge (20)；And the bar (80) with bonding part (810)；Print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) includes：Box body (22), it includes
First surface (203), second surface (204), the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201), first surface (203) and second
Surface (204) is toward each other and the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201) are relative to each other；For accommodating the ink of ink
Room (200)；Electronic installation；Ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at the 4th surface (201) place of box body (22), is suitable for simultaneously
It is configured to for ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) is with installation side
To the leading edge (288) on (SD), leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20)；Terminal support structure (408), its positioning
For the first surface (203) of immediately box body (22), terminal support structure (408) is with the multiple conductance electricity being connected with electronic installation
Property terminal (400), terminal (400) on terminal support structure (408), with the contact portion of terminal (400) (cp) place with connect
Touch and form component (731-739) and contact and receive from it elastic force (Pt), contact portion (cp) is arranged substantially in contact site
In dividing plane (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel nor perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288)；And first limit
Partly (210), it is engaged with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), to limit print cartridge (20) contrary with installation direction (SD)
Motion on direction (RD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer in print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of positioning.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position movement of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation can be suppressed.Therefore,
The positioning of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal and equipment side terminal is electrically connected.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacture bar material it is different.
It is also possible in the requirement for needing not worry about flexible and durability and more pay close attention to such as ink durability other are special
Property in the state of select box material.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, not needing special attention to prevent in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplifies to encapsulate and require and improve the convenience for using.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for being packaged box transport to carry out box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity are manufacturing the first box side restricted part.This causes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or placement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
The normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is this maintains, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, for transport and distribution box
Do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in encapsulation, this with U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 in box
It is different.This reduce to encapsulate and require and also improve the convenience for using.
The structure can be connected to each other box terminal with the bonding part of box, (rather than beautiful to become unique rigid structure
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal it is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) and also with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can suitably be wiped during box to be inserted into printer.Additionally, the construction
Printer terminal and issuable insulation rupture (ash during circuit board long range scraping during the installation of box has been reduced or eliminated
Dirt).
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, so need not provide similar in United States Patent (USP) 6, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Have an effect together to press printer side terminal and box side terminal from the elastic force of printer side terminal, and when first
Also by box along the direction movement removed from printer when engagement between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Need to provide additional spring like that as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422, this cause simpler structure and reduce into
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part of bar, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will form structure by equipment side contacts
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
Move in both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal and equipment side contacts form the mispairing between component or the probability that disconnects is less.
Adaptations 1
Combination as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Angle between 25 degree to 40 degree of Cheng Yue.
As described in reference picture 42A- Figure 45, when contact portion plane relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288 into
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply to prevent the power of half insertion enough.
Adaptations 2
Combination as above, wherein, box body (20) is observed in the state of facing down in ink feed structure (280)
During first surface (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) contacts positioned at the rightmost side of multiple terminals (400)
Partial left side and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminals (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, such as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then itself and equipment side contacts
The contact for forming the part (such as the terminal 734 in Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminals (400), print cartridge can be with
Sufficiently incline so that the electrical contact that multiple terminals and equipment side contacts are formed between component can even more stablize.
Adaptations 3
Combination as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the second surface of print cartridge (20) (204),
Second restricted part (220) is engaged with the various pieces (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along with by front
The vertical orientation measurement of plane (BP) that edge (288) is limited apart from when, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by front
The distance between the plane (BP) (B) that edge (288) is limited more than the first restricted part (210) bonding part (212) with by front
The distance between the plane (BP) that edge (288) is limited (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Combination as above, wherein, pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) with two ends and in the middle of two ends,
And when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) it is prone that
Side observation print cartridge (20) when, when along the orientation measurement vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from when, first
The distance between the bonding part (212) of restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) (A) less than
The distance between the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) (C) when box (20) is mounted.
The distance between bonding part and plane limited by leading edge when the first restricted part in box less than being mounted
When bar the distance between pivotal point and the plane that limited by leading edge when, bar for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases the probability of locking or disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component in multiple terminals and contact
Stable electrical connection is produced, and reduces poor successional probability.When power by from contact formed component be applied to it is mounted
Box when, the first restricted part can around bar rotary shaft move.The bonding part of the first restricted part is this reduced from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Combination as above, wherein, pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) with two ends and in the middle of two ends,
And when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) it is prone that
During observation print cartridge (20) of side (203), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in bar
The left side of pivotal point (800c).
When box be installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure faces down
That unilateral observation print cartridge when the first restricted part bonding part at the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is in bar
Upper generation rotating torques, rotary shaft of the bar around bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with locking is released.This reduce
The bonding part of the first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminals
Stable electrically connecting between component is formed with equipment side contacts.Even if in box reception, the first restricted part will be with box one
With mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Combination as above, wherein, when the of the prone state observation box body (22) of ink feed structure (280)
During one surface (203), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is generally within print cartridge (20)
At width midway.
By at least a portion basic bit that the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part for causing the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of print cartridge, the first restricted part is located at extremely at the position of multiple terminals, can be caused multiple
The electrical connection that terminal and equipment side contacts are formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 7
Combination as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is substantially neat with the 4th surface (201)
It is flat.
G-7-8. the 8th change case
A kind of combination of a part for print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), the combination includes：Ink-jet printing apparatus
(50) a part, the part includes：Multiple equipment side contacts form component (731-739), and it is applied to elastic force (Pt)
Print cartridge (20)；And the bar (80) with bonding part (810)；Print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) includes：Box body (22), it includes
First surface (203), second surface (204), the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201), first surface (203) and second
Surface (204) is toward each other and the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201) are relative to each other；For accommodating the ink of ink
Room (200)；Electronic installation；Ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at the 4th surface (201) place of box body (22), is suitable for simultaneously
It is configured to for ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) is with installation side
To the leading edge (288) on (SD), leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20)；Terminal support structure (408), its positioning
For the first surface (203) of immediately box body (22), terminal support structure (408) is with the multiple conductance electricity being connected with electronic installation
Property terminal (400), terminal (400) is contacted simultaneously on terminal support structure (408) with forming component (731-739) with contact
Receive from it elastic force (Pt), terminal (400) is arranged substantially in terminal plane (TP), terminal plane neither with leading edge
(288) plane is not parallel also perpendicular；And first restricted part (210), it includes the bonding part with bar (80)
(810) bonding part (212) of engagement, to limit fortune of the print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD)
Dynamic, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer in print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of positioning.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position movement of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation can be suppressed.Therefore,
The positioning of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal and equipment side terminal is electrically connected.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacture bar material it is different.
It is also possible in the requirement for needing not worry about flexible and durability and more pay close attention to such as ink durability other are special
Property in the state of select box material.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, not needing special attention to prevent in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplifies to encapsulate and require and improve the convenience for using.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for being packaged box transport to carry out box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity are manufacturing the first box side restricted part.This causes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or placement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
The normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is this maintains, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, for transport and distribution box
Do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in encapsulation, this with U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 in box
It is different.This reduce to encapsulate and require and also improve the convenience for using.
The structure can be connected to each other box terminal with the bonding part of box, (rather than beautiful to become unique rigid structure
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) nor hangs down with it
Directly, so the surface of box terminal can suitably be wiped during box to be inserted into printer.Additionally, the construction reduces
Or issuable insulation rupture (dust) when eliminating that printer terminal and circuit board are scraped over long distances during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, so need not provide similar in United States Patent (USP) 6, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Have an effect together to press printer side terminal and box side terminal from the elastic force of printer side terminal, and when first
Also by box along the direction movement removed from printer when engagement between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Need to provide additional spring like that as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422, this cause simpler structure and reduce into
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part of bar, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will form structure by equipment side contacts
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
Move in both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal and equipment side contacts form the mispairing between component or the probability that disconnects is less.
Adaptations 1
Combination as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) relative to the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) into
Angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree.
As described in reference picture 42A- Figure 45, when terminal plane relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288 into about
During angle between 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply to prevent the power of half insertion enough.
Adaptations 2
Combination as above, wherein, box body (20) is observed in the state of facing down in ink feed structure (280)
During first surface (203), the rightmost side terminal of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) positioned at multiple terminals (400)
Right hand edge left side and multiple terminals (400) leftmost side terminal left hand edge right side.
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, such as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then itself and equipment side contacts
The contact for forming the part (such as the terminal 734 in Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with
The right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminals (400),
Print cartridge can be inclined sufficiently so that the electrical contact that multiple terminals and equipment side contacts are formed between component can be even more steady
It is fixed.
Adaptations 3
Combination as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the second surface of print cartridge (20) (204),
Second restricted part (220) is engaged with the various pieces (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along with by front
The vertical orientation measurement of plane (BP) that edge (288) is limited apart from when, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by front
The distance between the plane (BP) (B) that edge (288) is limited more than the first restricted part (210) bonding part (212) with by front
The distance between the plane (BP) that edge (288) is limited (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Combination as above, wherein, pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) with two ends and in the middle of two ends,
And when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) it is prone that
Side observation print cartridge (20) when, when along the orientation measurement vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from when, first
The distance between the bonding part (212) of restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) (A) less than
The distance between the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) (C) when box (20) is mounted.
The distance between bonding part and plane limited by leading edge when the first restricted part in box less than being mounted
When bar the distance between pivotal point and the plane that limited by leading edge when, bar for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases the probability of locking or disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component in multiple terminals and contact
Stable electrical connection is produced, and reduces poor successional probability.When power by from contact formed component be applied to it is mounted
Box when, the first restricted part can around bar rotary shaft move.The bonding part of the first restricted part is this reduced from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Combination as above, wherein, pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) with two ends and in the middle of two ends,
And when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) it is prone that
During observation print cartridge (20) of side (203), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in bar
The left side of pivotal point (800c).
When box be installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure faces down
That unilateral observation print cartridge when the first restricted part bonding part at the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is in bar
Upper generation rotating torques, rotary shaft of the bar around bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with locking is released.This reduce
The bonding part of the first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminals
Stable electrically connecting between component is formed with equipment side contacts.Even if in box reception, the first restricted part will be with box one
With mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Combination as above, wherein, when the of the prone state observation box body (22) of ink feed structure (280)
During one surface (203), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is generally within print cartridge (20)
At width midway.
By at least a portion basic bit that the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part for causing the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of print cartridge, the first restricted part is located at extremely at the position of multiple terminals, can be caused multiple
The electrical connection that terminal and equipment side contacts are formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 7
Combination as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is substantially neat with the 4th surface (201)
It is flat.
G-7-9. the 9th change case
One kind is suitable for the ink supply system of ink feed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Component (731-739) is formed including multiple equipment side contacts, ink supply system includes：Electronic installation；For storing ink
Ink chamber (200)；Ink feed structure (280), it is suitable for and is configured to for ink to be fed to ink-jet from ink chamber (200)
Printing equipment (50), with installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), leading edge defines plane to ink feed structure (280)
(BP)；Terminal support structure (408), it has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, terminal (400)
It is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), to work as ink supply system by ink feed to printing equipment (50)
When, contact portion (cp) place and the contact in terminal (400) forms component (731-739) and contacts and receive from it elastic force
(Pt) so that from equipment side contacts formed component (731-739) elastic force (Pt) vector components along with installation direction
(SD) contrary direction (RD) promotes ink chamber (200)；And first restricted part (210), it is suitable for being connect with bar (80)
Part (810) engagement is closed, to limit fortune of the terminal support structure (408) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD)
It is dynamic；Wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408), and contacts
Partly (cp) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), and contact portion plane arrives ink feed in ink supply system
It is neither parallel nor perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288) during printing equipment (50).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer in print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of positioning.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position movement of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation can be suppressed.Therefore,
The positioning of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal and equipment side terminal is electrically connected.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacture bar material it is different.
It is also possible in the requirement for needing not worry about flexible and durability and more pay close attention to such as ink durability other are special
Property in the state of select box material.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, not needing special attention to prevent in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplifies to encapsulate and require and improve the convenience for using.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for being packaged box transport to carry out box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity are manufacturing the first box side restricted part.This causes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or placement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
The normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is this maintains, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, for transport and distribution box
Do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in encapsulation, this with U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 in box
It is different.This reduce to encapsulate and require and also improve the convenience for using.
The structure can be connected to each other box terminal with the bonding part of box, (rather than beautiful to become unique rigid structure
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal it is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) and also with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can suitably be wiped during box to be inserted into printer.Additionally, the construction
Printer terminal and issuable insulation rupture (ash during circuit board long range scraping during the installation of box has been reduced or eliminated
Dirt).
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, so need not provide similar in United States Patent (USP) 6, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Have an effect together to press printer side terminal and box side terminal from the elastic force of printer side terminal, and when first
Also by box along the direction movement removed from printer when engagement between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Need to provide additional spring like that as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422, this cause simpler structure and reduce into
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part of bar, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will form structure by equipment side contacts
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
Move in both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal and equipment side contacts form the mispairing between component or the probability that disconnects is less.
Adaptations 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50),
Contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle 25 degree to 40 degree of plane (BP) Cheng Yue limited by leading edge (288).
As described in reference picture 42A- Figure 45, when contact portion plane relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288 into
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply to prevent the power of half insertion enough.
Adaptations 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50),
The bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals (400) and many
The right side of the leftmost side contact portion of individual terminal (400).
When ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment, if excessively firmly held, then its with set
Standby side contacts form the contact of the part (such as the terminal 734 in Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By the way that first is limited
The right side of part and the leftmost side contact portion in the left side and multiple terminals (400) of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals is made,
There may be enough inclinations so that the electrical contact that multiple terminals and equipment side contacts are formed between component can be even more steady
It is fixed.
Adaptations 3
Ink supply system as above, also includes：Main body (22), it includes anterior (203) and rear portion (204), front
Portion (203) and rear portion (204) are toward each other；With the rear portion (204) of main body (22) the second restricted part (220) immediately, terminal
Immediately, second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured to for the front portion (203) of supporting structure (408) and main body (22)
Engage with the various pieces (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along with the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) vertical orientation measurement apart from when, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane limited by leading edge (288)
The distance between (BP) bonding part (212) and putting down for being limited by leading edge (288) of (B) more than the first restricted part (210)
The distance between face (BP) (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Ink supply system as above, also includes：Main body (22), it includes first surface (203) and second surface
(204), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are relative to each other；With the second surface (204) of main body (22) immediately
Two restricted parts (220), the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, second restricted part
(220) be suitable for and be configured to engage with the various pieces (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along with by
The vertical orientation measurement of plane (BP) that leading edge (288) is limited apart from when, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by
The distance between the plane (BP) (B) that leading edge (288) is limited more than the first restricted part (210) bonding part (212) with
The distance between the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Change case 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Orientation measurement apart from when, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
The distance between (A) less than when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50) bar (80) pivotal point (800c)
With the distance between the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) (C).
The distance between bonding part and plane for being limited by leading edge when the first restricted part is less than works as ink feed
When system provides ink to printing equipment when the distance between the pivotal point of bar and plane for being limited by leading edge, bar is for limiting
System motion.This reduce the first restricted part and release the probability of locking or disengaging with the bonding part of bar, thus at multiple ends
Son is formed to be produced between component with contact and stably electrically connected, and reduces poor successional probability.When power is by from contact
When forming component applying, the first restricted part can be moved around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the junction surface of the first restricted part
Divide from the separate probability in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment (50), the
The bonding part (212) of one restricted part (210) on right side and when ink feed structure (280) faces down, the first limiting unit
The bonding part (212) of point (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment, the first restricted part bonding part bar pivotal point
Left side and the first restricted part bonding part on right side and when ink feed structure faces down, the first restricted part
Rotating torques are produced on bar, rotary shaft of the bar around bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with locking is released.This subtracts
The bonding part of little first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple
What terminal and equipment side contacts formed between component stable electrically connects.Additionally, reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from
The bonding part of bar releases the probability of locking.
Adaptations 7
Ink supply system as above, also including the main body (22) of immediately terminal support structure (408), when ink is supplied
When answering system by ink feed to printing equipment (50), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210)
At width midway generally within main body (20).
By at least a portion basic bit that the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part for causing the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of main body, the first restricted part is located at extremely at the position of multiple terminals, can be caused multiple
The electrical connection that terminal and equipment side contacts are formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 8
Ink supply system as above, also including adapter (299), wherein, ink feed structure (280), terminal
Supporting structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and quilt
It is configured to coordinate with adapter (299).
Adaptations 9
Ink supply system as above, also including adapter (299j), wherein, terminal support structure (408) and the
One restricted part (210) is positioned on adapter (299j), ink feed structure (280) be positioned in ink chamber (200) and
Ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinate with adapter (299j).
Adaptations 10
Ink supply system as above, also including adapter (299k), the ink outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Water pot (200T), pipeline (200L) and minor adaptations (200S), wherein, it is suitable that ink feed structure (280) is positioned at auxiliary
On orchestration (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and are worked as
When ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50), pipeline (200L) is fed to ink from outer pot (200T) auxiliary
Help adapter (200S).
Adaptations 11
Ink supply system as above, also including main body (22), main body includes top (202) and bottom (201), top
Portion (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is substantially neat with bottom surface (201)
It is flat.
G-7-10. the tenth change case
One kind is suitable for the ink supply system of ink feed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Component (731-739) is formed including multiple equipment side contacts, ink-jet printing apparatus (50) are also included with bonding part (810)
Bar (80), ink supply system includes：Electronic installation；For storing the ink chamber (200) of ink；Ink feed structure (280),
It is suitable for and is configured to for ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) from ink chamber (200)
With installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), leading edge defines plane (BP)；Terminal support structure (408), it has and electricity
Multiple conductance electric terminals (400) of sub-device connection, terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed in terminal support structure (408)
On, contacted simultaneously with forming component (731-739) with contact when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50)
Receive from it elastic force (Pt) so that the vector components of the elastic force (Pt) of component (731-739) are formed from equipment side contacts
Ink chamber (200) is promoted along the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD)；And first restricted part (210), it includes
Be suitable for the bonding part (212) engaged with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), with limit terminal support structure (408) with
Motion on the contrary direction (RD) of installation direction (SD)；Wherein, bonding part (212) positioning of the first restricted part (210)
It is arranged substantially in terminal plane (TP) for adjacent terminal supporting structure (408), and terminal (400), contact portion plane
It is neither parallel with the plane of leading edge (288) nor vertical with it when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50)
Directly.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer in print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of positioning.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position movement of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation can be suppressed.Therefore,
The positioning of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal and equipment side terminal is electrically connected.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacture bar material it is different.
It is also possible in the requirement for needing not worry about flexible and durability and more pay close attention to such as ink durability other are special
Property in the state of select box material.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, not needing special attention to prevent in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplifies to encapsulate and require and improve the convenience for using.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for being packaged box transport to carry out box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity are manufacturing the first box side restricted part.This causes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or placement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
The normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is this maintains, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, for transport and distribution box
Do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in encapsulation, this with U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 in box
It is different.This reduce to encapsulate and require and also improve the convenience for using.
The structure can be connected to each other box terminal with the bonding part of box, (rather than beautiful to become unique rigid structure
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) nor hangs down with it
Directly, so the surface of box terminal can suitably be wiped during box to be inserted into printer.Additionally, the construction reduces
Or issuable insulation rupture (dust) when eliminating that printer terminal and circuit board are scraped over long distances during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, so need not provide similar in United States Patent (USP) 6, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Have an effect together to press printer side terminal and box side terminal from the elastic force of printer side terminal, and when first
Also by box along the direction movement removed from printer when engagement between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Need to provide additional spring like that as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422, this cause simpler structure and reduce into
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part of bar, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will form structure by equipment side contacts
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
Move in both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal and equipment side contacts form the mispairing between component or the probability that disconnects is less.
Adaptations 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50),
Terminal plane (TP) is relative to the angle 25 degree to 40 degree of plane (BP) Cheng Yue limited by leading edge (288).
As described in reference picture 42A- Figure 45, when terminal plane relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288 into about
During angle between 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply to prevent the power of half insertion enough.
Adaptations 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50),
The bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) positioned at the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals (400) with
And the right side of the left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminals (400).
When ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment, if excessively firmly held, then its with set
Standby side contacts form the contact of the part (such as the terminal 734 in Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By the way that first is limited
Make the left hand edge of part and the leftmost side terminal in the left side and multiple terminals (400) of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals
Right side, print cartridge there may be enough inclinations so that the electrical contact that multiple terminals and equipment side contacts are formed between component can
With even more stable.
Adaptations 3
Ink supply system as above, also includes：Main body (22), it includes anterior (203) and rear portion (204), front
Portion (203) and rear portion (204) are toward each other；With the rear portion (204) of main body (22) the second restricted part (220) immediately, terminal
Immediately, second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured to for the front portion (203) of supporting structure (408) and main body (22)
Engage with the various pieces (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along with the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) vertical orientation measurement apart from when, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane limited by leading edge (288)
The distance between (BP) bonding part (212) and putting down for being limited by leading edge (288) of (B) more than the first restricted part (210)
The distance between face (BP) (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Ink supply system as above, also includes：Main body (22), it includes first surface (203) and second surface
(204), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are relative to each other；With the second surface (204) of main body (22) immediately
Two restricted parts (220), the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, second restricted part
(220) be suitable for and be configured to engage with the various pieces (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along with by
The vertical orientation measurement of plane (BP) that leading edge (288) is limited apart from when, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by
The distance between the plane (BP) (B) that leading edge (288) is limited more than the first restricted part (210) bonding part (212) with
The distance between the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Change case 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Orientation measurement apart from when, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
The distance between (A) less than when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50) bar (80) pivotal point (800c)
With the distance between the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) (C).
The distance between bonding part and plane for being limited by leading edge when the first restricted part is less than works as ink feed
When system provides ink to printing equipment when the distance between the pivotal point of bar and plane for being limited by leading edge, bar is for limiting
System.The bonding part for this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases the probability of locking or disengaging, thus multiple terminals with
Contact is formed and produce between component stable electrical connection, and reduces poor successional probability.When power is formed from contact
When component applies, the first restricted part can be moved around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from
The separate probability in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment (50), the
The bonding part (212) of one restricted part (210) on right side and when ink feed structure (280) faces down, the first limiting unit
The bonding part (212) of point (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment, the first restricted part bonding part bar pivotal point
Left side and the first restricted part bonding part on right side and when ink feed structure faces down, the first restricted part
Rotating torques are produced on bar, rotary shaft of the bar around bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with locking is released.This subtracts
The bonding part of little first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple
What terminal and equipment side contacts formed between component stable electrically connects.Additionally, reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from
The bonding part of bar releases the probability of locking.
Adaptations 7
Ink supply system as above, also including the main body (22) of immediately terminal support structure (408), when ink is supplied
When answering system by ink feed to printing equipment (50), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210)
At width midway generally within main body (20).
By at least a portion basic bit that the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part for causing the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of main body, the first restricted part is located at extremely at the position of multiple terminals, can be caused multiple
The electrical connection that terminal and equipment side contacts are formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 8
Ink supply system as above, also including adapter (299), wherein, ink feed structure (280), terminal
Supporting structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and quilt
It is configured to coordinate with adapter (299).
Adaptations 9
Ink supply system as above, also including adapter (299j), wherein, terminal support structure (408) and the
One restricted part (210) is positioned on adapter (299j), ink feed structure (280) be positioned in ink chamber (200) and
Ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinate with adapter (299j).
Adaptations 10
Ink supply system as above, also including adapter (299k), the ink outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Water pot (200T), pipeline (200L) and minor adaptations (200S), wherein, it is suitable that ink feed structure (280) is positioned at auxiliary
On orchestration (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and are worked as
When ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50), pipeline (200L) is fed to ink from outer pot (200T) auxiliary
Help adapter (200S).
Adaptations 11
Ink supply system as above, also including main body (22), main body includes top (202) and bottom (201), top
Portion (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is substantially neat with bottom surface (201)
It is flat.
G-7-11. the 11st change case
One kind is suitable for the ink supply system of a part for ink feed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), system bag
Include：A part for ink-jet printing apparatus (50), the part includes that multiple equipment side contacts form component (731-739) and tool
There is the bar (80) of bonding part (810)；Electronic installation；For storing the ink chamber (200) of ink；Ink feed structure (280),
It is suitable for and is configured to for ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) from ink chamber (200)
With installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), leading edge defines plane (BP)；Terminal support structure (408), it has and electricity
Multiple conductance electric terminals (400) of sub-device connection, terminal (400) is in ink supply system by ink feed to printing equipment
(50) when, contact portion (cp) place and the contact in terminal (400) forms component (731-739) and contacts and receive from it elasticity
Power (Pt) so that from equipment side contacts formed component (731-739) elastic force (Pt) vector components along with installation side
Ink chamber (200) is promoted to (SD) contrary direction (RD)；And first restricted part (210), its junction surface with bar (80)
Divide (810) engagement, to limit motion of the terminal support structure (408) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD)；Its
In, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408), and contact portion
(cp) in being arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane is in ink supply system by ink feed to printing
It is neither parallel nor perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288) during equipment (50).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer in print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of positioning.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position movement of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation can be suppressed.Therefore,
The positioning of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal and equipment side terminal is electrically connected.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacture bar material it is different.
It is also possible in the requirement for needing not worry about flexible and durability and more pay close attention to such as ink durability other are special
Property in the state of select box material.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, not needing special attention to prevent in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplifies to encapsulate and require and improve the convenience for using.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for being packaged box transport to carry out box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity are manufacturing the first box side restricted part.This causes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or placement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
The normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is this maintains, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, for transport and distribution box
Do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in encapsulation, this with U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 in box
It is different.This reduce to encapsulate and require and also improve the convenience for using.
The structure can be connected to each other box terminal with the bonding part of box, (rather than beautiful to become unique rigid structure
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal it is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) and also with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can suitably be wiped during box to be inserted into printer.Additionally, the construction
Printer terminal and issuable insulation rupture (ash during circuit board long range scraping during the installation of box has been reduced or eliminated
Dirt).
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, so need not provide similar in United States Patent (USP) 6, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Have an effect together to press printer side terminal and box side terminal from the elastic force of printer side terminal, and when first
Also by box along the direction movement removed from printer when engagement between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Need to provide additional spring like that as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422, this cause simpler structure and reduce into
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part of bar, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will form structure by equipment side contacts
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
Move in both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal and equipment side contacts form the mispairing between component or the probability that disconnects is less.
Adaptations 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50),
Contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle 25 degree to 40 degree of plane (BP) Cheng Yue limited by leading edge (288).
As described in reference picture 42A- Figure 45, when contact portion plane relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288 into
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply to prevent the power of half insertion enough.
Adaptations 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50),
The bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals (400) and many
The right side of the leftmost side contact portion of individual terminal (400).
When ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment, if excessively firmly held, then its with set
Standby side contacts form the contact of the part (such as the terminal 734 in Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By the way that first is limited
The right side of part and the leftmost side contact portion in the left side and multiple terminals (400) of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals is made,
There may be enough inclinations so that the electrical contact that multiple terminals and equipment side contacts are formed between component can be even more steady
It is fixed.
Adaptations 3
Ink supply system as above, also includes：Main body (22), it includes anterior (203) and rear portion (204), front
Portion (203) and rear portion (204) are toward each other；With the rear portion (204) of main body (22) the second restricted part (220) immediately, terminal
The front portion (203) of supporting structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, second restricted part (220) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Various pieces (620) engagement, wherein, when along the orientation measurement vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) away from
From when, the distance between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and plane (BP) for being limited by leading edge (288) (B) are greatly
The distance between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) in the first restricted part (210) (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Ink supply system as above, also includes：Main body (22), it includes first surface (203) and second surface
(204), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are relative to each other；With the second surface (204) of main body (22) immediately
Two restricted parts (220), the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, second restricted part
(220) engage with the various pieces (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along flat with what is limited by leading edge (288)
The vertical orientation measurement in face (BP) apart from when, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by leading edge (288) limits put down
The distance between face (BP) (B) more than the first restricted part (210) bonding part (212) with limited by leading edge (288)
The distance between plane (BP) (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, pivot of the bar (80) with two ends and in the middle of two ends
Point (800c), and when along the orientation measurement vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from when, first limit
Partly the distance between the bonding part (212) of (210) and plane (BP) for being limited by leading edge (288) (A) are less than in ink
Supply system is flat with what is limited by leading edge (288) by the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) when ink feed to printing equipment (50)
The distance between face (BP) (C).
The distance between bonding part and plane for being limited by leading edge when the first restricted part is less than in ink feed
When system is by the distance between the pivotal point of ink feed to bar during printing equipment and the plane limited by leading edge, bar is used for limiting
System motion.This reduce the first restricted part and release the probability of locking or disengaging with the bonding part of bar, thus at multiple ends
Son is formed to be produced between component with contact and stably electrically connected, and reduces poor successional probability.When power is by from contact
When forming component applying, the first restricted part can be moved around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the junction surface of the first restricted part
Divide from the separate probability in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, pivot of the bar (80) with two ends and in the middle of two ends
Point (800c), and when ink supply system provides ink to the junction surface of printing equipment (50), the first restricted part (210)
Point (212), on right side and when ink feed structure (280) faces down, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) exists
The left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment, the first restricted part bonding part bar pivotal point
Left side and the first restricted part bonding part on right side and when ink feed structure faces down, the first restricted part
Rotating torques are produced on bar, rotary shaft of the bar around bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with locking is released.This subtracts
The bonding part of little first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple
What terminal and equipment side contacts formed between component stable electrically connects.Additionally, reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from
The bonding part of bar releases the probability of locking.
Adaptations 7
Ink supply system as above, also including the main body (22) of immediately terminal support structure (408), when ink is supplied
When answering system by ink feed to printing equipment (50), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210)
At width midway generally within main body (20).
By at least a portion basic bit that the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part for causing the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of main body, the first restricted part is located at extremely at the position of multiple terminals, can be caused multiple
The electrical connection that terminal and equipment side contacts are formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 8
Ink supply system as above, also including adapter (299), wherein, ink feed structure (280), terminal
Supporting structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and quilt
It is configured to coordinate with adapter (299).
Adaptations 9
Ink supply system as above, also including adapter (299j), wherein, terminal support structure (408) and the
One restricted part (210) is positioned on adapter (299j), ink feed structure (280) be positioned in ink chamber (200) and
Ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinate with adapter (299j).
Adaptations 10
Ink supply system as above, also including adapter (299k), the ink outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Water pot (200T), pipeline (200L) and minor adaptations (200S), wherein, it is suitable that ink feed structure (280) is positioned at auxiliary
On orchestration (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and are worked as
When ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50), pipeline (200L) is fed to ink from outer pot (200T) auxiliary
Help adapter (200S).
Adaptations 11
Ink supply system as above, also including main body (22), main body includes top (202) and bottom (201), top
Portion (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is substantially neat with bottom surface (201)
It is flat.
G-7-12. the 12nd change case
One kind is suitable for the ink supply system of a part for ink feed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), system bag
Include：A part for ink-jet printing apparatus (50), the part includes that multiple equipment side contacts form component (731-739) and tool
There is the bar (80) of bonding part (810)；Electronic installation；For storing the ink chamber (200) of ink；Ink feed structure (280),
It is suitable for and is configured to for ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) from ink chamber (200)
With installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), leading edge defines plane (BP)；Terminal support structure (408), it has and electricity
Multiple conductance electric terminals (400) of sub-device connection, terminal (400) is in ink supply system by ink feed to printing equipment
(50) form with contact component (731-739) when to contact and receive from it elastic force (Pt)；And first restricted part
(210), it is engaged with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), with limit terminal support structure (408) with installation direction (SD) phase
Motion on anti-direction (RD)；Wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal supporting
Structure (408), and terminal (400) is arranged substantially in terminal plane (TP), and contact portion plane is in ink supply system
Will be neither parallel nor perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288) when ink feed to printing equipment (50).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer in print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of positioning.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position movement of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation can be suppressed.Therefore,
The positioning of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal and equipment side terminal is electrically connected.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacture bar material it is different.
It is also possible in the requirement for needing not worry about flexible and durability and more pay close attention to such as ink durability other are special
Property in the state of select box material.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, not needing special attention to prevent in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplifies to encapsulate and require and improve the convenience for using.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for being packaged box transport to carry out box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity are manufacturing the first box side restricted part.This causes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or placement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
The normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is this maintains, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, for transport and distribution box
Do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in encapsulation, this with U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 in box
It is different.This reduce to encapsulate and require and also improve the convenience for using.
The structure can be connected to each other box terminal with the bonding part of box, (rather than beautiful to become unique rigid structure
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) nor hangs down with it
Directly, so the surface of box terminal can suitably be wiped during box to be inserted into printer.Additionally, the construction reduces
Or issuable insulation rupture (dust) when eliminating that printer terminal and circuit board are scraped over long distances during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, so need not provide similar in United States Patent (USP) 6, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Have an effect together to press printer side terminal and box side terminal from the elastic force of printer side terminal, and when first
Also by box along the direction movement removed from printer when engagement between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Need to provide additional spring like that as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422, this cause simpler structure and reduce into
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part of bar, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will form structure by equipment side contacts
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
Move in both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal and equipment side contacts form the mispairing between component or the probability that disconnects is less.
Adaptations 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50),
Terminal plane (TP) is relative to the angle 25 degree to 40 degree of plane (BP) Cheng Yue limited by leading edge (288).
As described in reference picture 42A- Figure 45, when terminal plane relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288 into about
During angle between 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply to prevent the power of half insertion enough.
Adaptations 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50),
The bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) positioned at the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals (400) with
And the right side of the left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminals (400).
When ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment, if excessively firmly held, then its with set
Standby side contacts form the contact of the part (such as the terminal 734 in Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By the way that first is limited
Make the left hand edge of part and the leftmost side terminal in the left side and multiple terminals (400) of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals
Right side, there may be enough inclinations so that the electrical contact that multiple terminals and equipment side contacts are formed between component can be very
To more stable.
Adaptations 3
Ink supply system as above, also includes：Main body (22), it includes anterior (203) and rear portion (204), front
Portion (203) and rear portion (204) are toward each other；With the back side (204) of main body (22) the second restricted part (220) immediately, terminal
The front (203) of supporting structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, second restricted part (220) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Various pieces (620) engagement, wherein, when along the orientation measurement vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) away from
From when, the distance between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and plane (BP) for being limited by leading edge (288) (B) are greatly
The distance between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) in the first restricted part (210) (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Ink supply system as above, also includes：Main body (22), it includes first surface (203) and second surface
(204), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are relative to each other；With the second surface (204) of main body (22) immediately
Two restricted parts (220), the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, second restricted part
(220) engage with the various pieces (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along flat with what is limited by leading edge (288)
The vertical orientation measurement in face (BP) apart from when, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by leading edge (288) limits put down
The distance between face (BP) (B) more than the first restricted part (210) bonding part (212) with limited by leading edge (288)
The distance between plane (BP) (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, pivot of the bar (80) with two ends and in the middle of two ends
Point (800c), and when along the orientation measurement vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from when, first limit
Partly the distance between the bonding part (212) of (210) and plane (BP) for being limited by leading edge (288) (A) are less than in ink
Supply system is flat with what is limited by leading edge (288) by the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) when ink feed to printing equipment (50)
The distance between face (BP) (C).
The distance between bonding part and plane for being limited by leading edge when the first restricted part is less than in ink feed
When system is by the distance between the pivotal point of ink feed to bar during printing equipment and the plane limited by leading edge, bar is used for limiting
System motion.This reduce the first restricted part and release the probability of locking or disengaging with the bonding part of bar, thus at multiple ends
Son is formed to be produced between component with contact and stably electrically connected, and reduces poor successional probability.When power is by from contact
When forming component applying, the first restricted part can be moved around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the junction surface of the first restricted part
Divide from the separate probability in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, pivot of the bar (80) with two ends and in the middle of two ends
Point (800c), and when ink supply system provides ink to the junction surface of printing equipment (50), the first restricted part (210)
Point (212), on right side and when ink feed structure (280) faces down, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) exists
The left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment, the first restricted part bonding part bar pivotal point
Left side and the first restricted part bonding part on right side and when ink feed structure faces down, the first restricted part
Rotating torques are produced on bar, rotary shaft of the bar around bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with locking is released.This subtracts
The bonding part of little first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple
What terminal and equipment side contacts formed between component stable electrically connects.Additionally, reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from
The bonding part of bar releases the probability of locking.
Adaptations 7
Ink supply system as above, also including the main body (22) of immediately terminal support structure (408), when ink is supplied
When answering system by ink feed to printing equipment (50), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210)
At width midway generally within main body (20).
By at least a portion basic bit that the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part for causing the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of main body, the first restricted part is located at extremely at the position of multiple terminals, can be caused multiple
The electrical connection that terminal and equipment side contacts are formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 8
Ink supply system as above, also including adapter (299), wherein, ink feed structure (280), terminal
Supporting structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and quilt
It is configured to coordinate with adapter (299).
Adaptations 9
Ink supply system as above, also including adapter (299j), wherein, terminal support structure (408) and the
One restricted part (210) is positioned on adapter (299j), ink feed structure (280) be positioned in ink chamber (200) and
Ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinate with adapter (299j).
Adaptations 10
Ink supply system as above, also including adapter (299k), the ink outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Water pot (200T), pipeline (200L) and minor adaptations (200S), wherein, it is suitable that ink feed structure (280) is positioned at auxiliary
On orchestration (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and are worked as
When ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50), pipeline (200L) is fed to ink from outer pot (200T) auxiliary
Help adapter (200S).
Adaptations 11
Ink supply system as above, also including main body (22), main body includes top (202) and bottom (201), top
Portion (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is substantially neat with bottom (201)
It is flat.
G-8. the 8th modification
The present invention can be completed by following description and change.In bracket in each description after each key element
Symbol corresponding to first embodiment or each key element described in the modification of the box with adapter symbol.
G-8-1. the first change case
One kind is adapted for attachment to the box (20) on printing equipment (50), and printing equipment has following structure：Printing equipment
(50) component (731-739) is formed including multiple equipment side contacts, it is arranged to for elastic force (Pt) to be applied to box (20), print
Brush equipment (50) also includes the bar (80) with bonding part (810), and box (20) includes：First face (203), the second face (204),
3rd face (202) and fourth face (201), wherein, the first face (203) and the second face (204) toward each other and the 3rd face (202)
With fourth face (201) toward each other；Electronic installation；For accommodating the liquid chamber (200) of liquid；Liquid Supply Structure (280), its
Fourth face (201) place is positioned at, is configured to for liquid to be fed to printing equipment (50), liquid supply knot from liquid chamber (200)
With the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), leading edge defines the plane (BP) of box (20) to structure (280)；Conductance is electrical
Terminal (400), it is orientated as and is connected closer to the first face (203) and with electronic installation compared to close second face (204), holds
Sub (400) are arranged to when box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), terminal (400) contact portion (cp) place and
Contact forms component (731-739) and contacts and receive from it elastic force (Pt), and the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is basic
In being arranged in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
It is not perpendicular；And first restricted part (210), it is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), with constrained box
(20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is fixed
Position is in the position compared to close 3rd face (202) and the first face (203) closer contact portion (cp).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.It is installed on printing equipment in box
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because
The bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at the position compared to close 3rd face and the first face closer to contact portion, so
The location action of the first restricted part occurs in the close position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) for needing most positioning.From
The elastic force of equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to occur due to the vibration during printing operation
The position movement of terminal can be suppressed.Therefore, the positioning of terminal is more stable, thus keeping box side terminal and equipment side terminal it
Between stable electrical connection.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacture bar material it is different.
It is also possible in the requirement for needing not worry about flexible and durability and more pay close attention to such as liquid durability other are special
Property in the state of select box material.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, not needing special attention to prevent in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplifies to encapsulate and require and improve the convenience for using.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for being packaged box transport to carry out box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity are manufacturing the first box side restricted part.This causes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or placement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
The normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is this maintains, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, for transport and distribution box
Do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in encapsulation, this with U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 in box
It is different.This reduce to encapsulate and require and also improve the convenience for using.
The structure can be connected to each other box terminal with the bonding part of box, (rather than beautiful to become unique rigid structure
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal it is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) and also with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can suitably be wiped during box to be inserted into printing equipment.Additionally, the structure
Make and printing equipment side terminal and issuable insulation during circuit board long range scraping during the installation of box has been reduced or eliminated
Rupture (dust).
Because printing equipment side terminal is included within the elasticity of the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing equipment
Power is applied to box terminal, so need not provide similar in United States Patent (USP) 6, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.
In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal has an effect together to apply printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal
Pressure, and when the engagement between the first restricted part and bar is released from also by box along the direction shifting removed from printing equipment
It is dynamic.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides like that additional spring, this causes simpler structure
It is possibly realized with the cost for reducing.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part of bar, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will be formed by equipment side contacts
The elastic force of component is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the side contrary with installation direction
To being held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, they are firmly fixed and can not be along installation directions
And the direction both contrary with installation direction is moved.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40
Side limits and compares, and box terminal and equipment side contacts form the mispairing between component or the probability that disconnects is less.
Adaptations 1
Box (20) as above, wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at compared to close
First face (203) and the cross part (295) of contact portion plane (TP) and the cross part in the 3rd face (202) and the first face (203)
(291) midpoint (203p) between is closer at the position of contact portion (cp).
By the way that the bonding part of the first restricted part to be attached to the position compared to close midpoint closer to contact portion
Place, can well bring above-mentioned advantage.
Adaptations 2
Box (20) as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) angle between 25 degree to 40 degree of Cheng Yue.
As described in reference picture 42A- Figure 45, when contact portion plane relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288 into
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply to prevent the power of half insertion enough.
Adaptations 3
Box (20) as above, wherein, the observation box (20) in the state of facing down in liquid Supply Structure (280)
During the first face (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the rightmost side end of multiple terminals (431-439)
The left side of the extended line (439PL) of the right hand edge (439p) of sub (439) and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminals (431-439)
(435) right side of the extended line (435PL) of left hand edge (435p).
When box is installed on printing equipment, such as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then itself and equipment side contacts shape
Contact into the part (such as the terminal 734 in Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with it is many
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of individual terminal and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminals (400), box can be enough
Ground is inclined so that the electrical contact that multiple terminals and equipment side contacts are formed between component can even more stablize.
Adaptations 4
Box (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on second face (204) of box (20) should
Second restricted part (220) is suitable for being engaged with the various pieces of printing equipment (50), wherein, when along with by leading edge
(288) the vertical orientation measurement of plane (BP) for limiting apart from when, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by leading edge
(288) the distance between plane (BP) for limiting (B) is more than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and by front
The distance between the plane (BP) that edge (288) is limited (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first restricted part de- from printing equipment side engagement part
From probability.
Adaptations 5
Box (20) as above, wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid
During prone angle observation box (20) of body Supply Structure (280), when along hanging down with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Straight orientation measurement apart from when, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane limited by leading edge (288)
The distance between (BP) (A) less than the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) when box (20) is mounted with limited by leading edge (288)
The distance between plane (BP) (C).
The distance between bonding part and plane limited by leading edge when the first restricted part in box less than being mounted
When bar the distance between pivotal point and the plane that limited by leading edge when, bar for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases the probability of locking or disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component in multiple terminals and contact
Stable electrical connection is produced, and reduces poor successional probability.When power by from contact formed component be applied to it is mounted
Box when, the first restricted part can around bar rotary shaft move.The bonding part of the first restricted part is this reduced from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 6
Box (20) as above, wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid
During prone angle observation box (20) of body Supply Structure (280), when box (20) is mounted, the first restricted part (210) connects
Part (212) is closed in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and liquid Supply Structure faces down
That unilateral observation box when the first restricted part bonding part at the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is on bar
Rotating torques are produced, rotary shaft of the bar around bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with locking is released.This reduce
The bonding part of one restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminals with
Equipment side contacts form the stable electrical connection between component.Even if in box reception, the first restricted part will be with box together
It is mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 7
Box (20) as above, wherein, when in the prone face of state observation first of liquid Supply Structure (280)
(203) when, at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) when box (20) is mounted generally within
At the width midway of box (20).
By at least a portion basic bit that the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part for causing the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of box, the first restricted part is located at extremely at the position of multiple terminals, can cause multiple ends
The electrical connection that son and equipment side contacts are formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 8
Box (20) as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is substantially neat with fourth face (201)
It is flat.
Adaptations 9
Box (20) as above, also including adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, the contact portion of terminal (400)
(cp) it is positioned on adapter with the first restricted part (210), and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to and is adapted to
Device coordinates.
G-8-2. the second change case
One kind is adapted for attachment to the box (20) on printing equipment (50), and printing equipment (50) is including multiple equipment side contacts
Component (731-739) is formed, it is arranged to for elastic force (Pt) to be applied to box (20), printing equipment (50) also includes having and connects
The bar (80) of part (810) is closed, box (20) includes：First face (203), the second face (204), the 3rd face (202) and fourth face
(201), wherein, the first face (203) and the second face (204) toward each other and the 3rd face (202) and fourth face (201) phase each other
It is right；Electronic installation；For accommodating the liquid chamber (200) of liquid；Liquid Supply Structure (280), it is positioned at fourth face (201)
Place, is configured to for liquid to be fed to printing equipment (50) from liquid chamber (200), and liquid Supply Structure (280) is with installation side
To the leading edge (288) on (SD), leading edge defines the plane (BP) of box (20)；Conductance electric terminal (400), it is orientated as
It is connected closer to the first face (203) and with electronic installation compared to close second face (204), terminal (400) is arranged to work as
When box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), contact portion (cp) place and the contact in terminal (400) forms component (731-
739) elastic force (Pt) is contacted and receives from it, the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged substantially in contact portion and is put down
In face (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel nor perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)；And the
One restricted part (210), it is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), with constrained box (20) with installation direction
(SD) motion on contrary direction (RD), the first restricted part (210) is arranged on compared to close 3rd face (202) and first
The first cross part that the second cross part that face (203) intersects intersects closer to the first face (203) with contact portion plane (TP)
(295) at position.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.It is installed on printing equipment in box
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because
First restricted part be arranged on the second cross part for intersecting with the first face compared to close 3rd face closer to the first face with contact
At the position of the first cross part that part planar intersects, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs to determine in close needing most
The position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of position.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Equally,
The position movement of the terminal occurred because of the vibration during printing operation can be suppressed.Therefore, the positioning of terminal
More stable, thus stable between keeping box side terminal and equipment side terminal is electrically connected.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacture bar material it is different.
It is also possible in the requirement for needing not worry about flexible and durability and more pay close attention to such as liquid durability other are special
Property in the state of select box material.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, not needing special attention to prevent in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplifies to encapsulate and require and improve the convenience for using.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for being packaged box transport to carry out box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity are manufacturing the first box side restricted part.This causes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or placement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
The normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is this maintains, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, for transport and distribution box
Do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in encapsulation, this with U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 in box
It is different.This reduce to encapsulate and require and also improve the convenience for using.
The structure can be connected to each other box terminal with the bonding part of box, (rather than beautiful to become unique rigid structure
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal it is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) and also with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can suitably be wiped during box to be inserted into printing equipment.Additionally, the structure
Make and printing equipment side terminal and issuable insulation during circuit board long range scraping during the installation of box has been reduced or eliminated
Rupture (dust).
Because printing equipment side terminal is included within the elasticity of the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing equipment
Power is applied to box terminal, so need not provide similar in United States Patent (USP) 6, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.
In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal has an effect together to apply printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal
Pressure, and when the engagement between the first restricted part and bar is released from also by box along the direction shifting removed from printing equipment
It is dynamic.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides like that additional spring, this causes simpler structure
It is possibly realized with the cost for reducing.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part of bar, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will be formed by equipment side contacts
The elastic force of component is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the side contrary with installation direction
To being held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, they are firmly fixed and can not be along installation directions
And the direction both contrary with installation direction is moved.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40
Side limits and compares, and box terminal and equipment side contacts form the mispairing between component or the probability that disconnects is less.
Adaptations 1
Box (20) as above, wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at compared to close
Midpoint (203p) between first cross part (295) and the second cross part is closer at the position of the first cross part (295).
By the way that the bonding part of the first restricted part to be attached to the position compared to close midpoint closer to contact portion
Place, can well bring above-mentioned advantage.
Adaptations 2
Box (20) as above, wherein, contact portion (cp) plane (TP) is flat relative to what is limited by leading edge (288)
Angle between 25 degree to 40 degree of face (BP) Cheng Yue.
As described in reference picture 42A- Figure 45, when contact portion plane relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288 into
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply to prevent the power of half insertion enough.
Adaptations 3
Box (20) as above, wherein, the observation box (20) in the state of facing down in liquid Supply Structure (280)
During the first face (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the rightmost side end of multiple terminals (431-439)
The left side of the extended line (439PL) of the right hand edge (439p) of sub (439) and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminals (431-439)
(435) right side of the extended line (435PL) of left hand edge (435p).
When box is installed on printing equipment, such as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then itself and equipment side contacts shape
Contact into the part (such as the terminal 734 in Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with it is many
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of individual terminal and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminals (400), box can be enough
Ground is inclined so that the electrical contact that multiple terminals and equipment side contacts are formed between component can even more stablize.
Adaptations 4
Box (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on second face (204) of box (20) should
Second restricted part (220) is suitable for being engaged with the various pieces of printing equipment (50), wherein, when along with by leading edge
(288) the vertical orientation measurement of plane (BP) for limiting apart from when, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by leading edge
(288) the distance between plane (BP) for limiting (B) is more than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and by front
The distance between the plane (BP) that edge (288) is limited (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first restricted part de- from printing equipment side engagement part
From probability.
Adaptations 5
Box (20) as above, wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid
During prone angle observation box (20) of body Supply Structure (280), when along hanging down with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Straight orientation measurement apart from when, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane limited by leading edge (288)
The distance between (BP) (A) less than the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) when box (20) is mounted with limited by leading edge (288)
The distance between plane (BP) (C).
The distance between bonding part and plane limited by leading edge when the first restricted part in box less than being mounted
When bar the distance between pivotal point and the plane that limited by leading edge when, bar for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases the probability of locking or disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component in multiple terminals and contact
Stable electrical connection is produced, and reduces poor successional probability.When power by from contact formed component be applied to it is mounted
Box when, the first restricted part can around bar rotary shaft move.The bonding part of the first restricted part is this reduced from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 6
Box (20) as above, wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid
During prone angle observation box (20) of body Supply Structure (280), when box (20) is mounted, the first restricted part (210) connects
Part (212) is closed in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and liquid Supply Structure faces down
That unilateral observation box when the first restricted part bonding part at the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is on bar
Rotating torques are produced, rotary shaft of the bar around bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with locking is released.This reduce
The bonding part of one restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminals with
Equipment side contacts form the stable electrical connection between component.Even if in box reception, the first restricted part will be with box together
It is mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 7
Box (20) as above, wherein, when in the prone face of state observation first of liquid Supply Structure (280)
(203) when, at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) when box (20) is mounted generally within
At the width midway of box (20).
By at least a portion basic bit that the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part for causing the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of box, the first restricted part is located at extremely at the position of multiple terminals, can cause multiple ends
The electrical connection that son and equipment side contacts are formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 8
Box (20) as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is substantially neat with fourth face (201)
It is flat.
Adaptations 9
Box (20) as above, also including adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, the contact portion of terminal (400)
(cp) it is positioned on adapter with the first restricted part (210), and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to and is adapted to
Device coordinates.
G-8-3. the 3rd change case
One kind is adapted for attachment to the box (20) on printing equipment (50), and printing equipment has following structure：Printing equipment
(50) component (731-739) is formed including multiple equipment side contacts, it is arranged to for elastic force (Pt) to be applied to box (20), print
Brush equipment (50) also includes the bar (80) with bonding part (810) and pivotal point, and box (20) includes：First face (203), second
Face (204), the 3rd face (202) and fourth face (201), wherein, the first face (203) and the second face (204) toward each other and the
Three faces (202) and fourth face (201) are toward each other；Electronic installation；For accommodating the liquid chamber (200) of liquid；Liquid supply knot
Structure (280), it is positioned at fourth face (201) place, is configured to for liquid to be fed to printing equipment (50) from liquid chamber (200),
Liquid Supply Structure (280) defines the plane of box (20) with the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), leading edge
(BP)；Conductance electric terminal (400), its orientate as compared to close second face (204) closer to the first face (203) and with electricity
Sub-device connects, and terminal (400) is arranged to when box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), in connecing for terminal (400)
Contact portion point (cp) place and contact form component (731-739) and contact and receive from it elastic force (Pt), the contact of terminal (400)
Partly (cp) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane neither with limited by leading edge (288)
Plane (BP) is not parallel also perpendicular；And first restricted part (210), it is suitable for the bonding part with bar (80)
(810) engage, with motion of the constrained box (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the first restricted part
(210) bonding part (212) is arranged such that box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), the first restricted part
(210) bonding part (212) is engaging with bar (80) at the position below the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.It is installed on printing equipment in box
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because
The bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at the position below the pivotal point of bar, so bar is had an effect carrys out constrained box
Motion.This reduce the first restricted part and release the probability of locking or disengaging with the bonding part of bar, thus in multiple terminals
Formed to be produced between component with contact and stably electrically connected, and reduce poor successional probability.When power is by from contact shape
When being applied to mounted box into component, the first restricted part can be moved around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the first limiting unit
The bonding part divided is from the separate probability in the bonding part of bar.Therefore, the positioning of terminal is more stable, thus maintaining box side
Stable between terminal and equipment side terminal is electrically connected.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacture bar material it is different.
It is also possible in the requirement for needing not worry about flexible and durability and more pay close attention to such as liquid durability other are special
Property in the state of select box material.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, not needing special attention to prevent in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplifies to encapsulate and require and improve the convenience for using.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for being packaged box transport to carry out box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity are manufacturing the first box side restricted part.This causes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or placement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
The normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is this maintains, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, for transport and distribution box
Do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in encapsulation, this with U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 in box
It is different.This reduce to encapsulate and require and also improve the convenience for using.
The structure can be connected to each other box terminal with the bonding part of box, (rather than beautiful to become unique rigid structure
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal it is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) and also with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can suitably be wiped during box to be inserted into printing equipment.Additionally, the structure
Make and printing equipment side terminal and issuable insulation during circuit board long range scraping during the installation of box has been reduced or eliminated
Rupture (dust).
Because printing equipment side terminal is included within the elasticity of the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing equipment
Power is applied to box terminal, so need not provide similar in United States Patent (USP) 6, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.
In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal has an effect together to apply printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal
Pressure, and when the engagement between the first restricted part and bar is released from also by box along the direction shifting removed from printing equipment
It is dynamic.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides like that additional spring, this causes simpler structure
It is possibly realized with the cost for reducing.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part of bar, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will be formed by equipment side contacts
The elastic force of component is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the side contrary with installation direction
To being held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, they are firmly fixed and can not be along installation directions
And the direction both contrary with installation direction is moved.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40
Side limits and compares, and box terminal and equipment side contacts form the mispairing between component or the probability that disconnects is less.
Adaptations 1
Box (20) as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) angle between 25 degree to 40 degree of Cheng Yue.
By the way that the bonding part of the first restricted part to be attached to the position compared to close midpoint closer to contact portion
Place, can well bring above-mentioned advantage.
As described in reference picture 42A- Figure 45, when contact portion plane relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288 into
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply to prevent the power of half insertion enough.
Adaptations 2
Box (20) as above, wherein, the observation box (20) in the state of facing down in liquid Supply Structure (280)
During the first face (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the rightmost side end of multiple terminals (431-439)
The left side of the extended line (439PL) of the right hand edge (439p) of sub (439) and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminals (431-439)
(435) right side of the extended line (435PL) of left hand edge (435p).
When box is installed on printing equipment, such as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then itself and equipment side contacts shape
Contact into the part (such as the terminal 734 in Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with it is many
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of individual terminal and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminals (400), box can be enough
Ground is inclined so that the electrical contact that multiple terminals and equipment side contacts are formed between component can even more stablize.
Adaptations 3
Box (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on second face (204) of box (20) should
Second restricted part (220) is suitable for being engaged with the various pieces of printing equipment (50), wherein, when along with by leading edge
(288) the vertical orientation measurement of plane (BP) for limiting apart from when, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by leading edge
(288) the distance between plane (BP) for limiting (B) is more than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and by front
The distance between the plane (BP) that edge (288) is limited (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first restricted part de- from printing equipment side engagement part
From probability.
Adaptations 4
Box (20) as above, wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid
During prone angle observation box (20) of body Supply Structure (280), when box (20) is mounted, the first restricted part (210) connects
Part (212) is closed in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and liquid Supply Structure faces down
That unilateral observation box when the first restricted part bonding part at the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is on bar
Rotating torques are produced, rotary shaft of the bar around bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with locking is released.This reduce
The bonding part of one restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminals with
Equipment side contacts form the stable electrical connection between component.Even if in box reception, the first restricted part will be with box together
It is mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 7
Box (20) as above, wherein, when in the prone face of state observation first of liquid Supply Structure (280)
(203) when, at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) when box (20) is mounted generally within
At the width midway of box (20).
By at least a portion basic bit that the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part for causing the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of box, the first restricted part is located at extremely at the position of multiple terminals, can cause multiple ends
The electrical connection that son and equipment side contacts are formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 8
Box (20) as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is substantially neat with fourth face (201)
It is flat.
Adaptations 9
Box (20) as above, also including adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, the contact portion of terminal (400)
(cp) it is positioned on adapter with the first restricted part (210), and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to and is adapted to
Device coordinates.
G-8-4. the 4th change case
One kind is adapted for attachment to the box (20) on printing equipment (50), and printing equipment (50) is including multiple equipment side contacts
Component (731-739) is formed, it is arranged to for elastic force (Pt) to be applied to box (20), printing equipment (50) also includes having and connects
The bar (80) of part (810) is closed, box (20) includes：Anterior (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), wherein,
Anterior (203) and rear portion (204) are toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other；Electronic installation；For holding
Receive the liquid chamber (200) of liquid；Liquid Supply Structure (280), it is positioned at bottom (201) place, is configured to liquid from liquid
Body room (200) is fed to printing equipment (50), liquid Supply Structure (280) with the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD),
Leading edge defines the plane (BP) of box (20)；Conductance electric terminal (400), it is orientated as compared to close rear portion (204) more
It is close to front portion (203) and is connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is arranged to when box (20) is installed to printing equipment (50)
When upper, contact portion (cp) place and the contact in terminal (400) forms component (731-739) and contacts and receive from it elastic force
(Pt), the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane neither with
The plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is not parallel also perpendicular；And first restricted part (210), its be suitable for
Bonding part (810) engagement of bar (80), with motion of the constrained box (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD),
First restricted part (210) is arranged on positioned at the position compared to close top (202) closer contact portion plane (tp)
Place.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.It is installed on printing equipment in box
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because
The bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at the position compared to close top closer to contact portion position, so the first limit
The location action of part processed occurs in the close position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) for needing most positioning.From equipment side
The elastic force of terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation
Position movement can be suppressed.Therefore, the positioning of terminal is more stable, thus steady between keeping box side terminal and equipment side terminal
Fixed electrical connection.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacture bar material it is different.
It is also possible in the requirement for needing not worry about flexible and durability and more pay close attention to such as liquid durability other are special
Property in the state of select box material.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, not needing special attention to prevent in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplifies to encapsulate and require and improve the convenience for using.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for being packaged box transport to carry out box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity are manufacturing the first box side restricted part.This causes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or placement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
The normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is this maintains, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, for transport and distribution box
Do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in encapsulation, this with U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 in box
It is different.This reduce to encapsulate and require and also improve the convenience for using.
The structure can be connected to each other box terminal with the bonding part of box, (rather than beautiful to become unique rigid structure
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal it is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) and also with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can suitably be wiped during box to be inserted into printing equipment.Additionally, the structure
Make and printing equipment side terminal and issuable insulation during circuit board long range scraping during the installation of box has been reduced or eliminated
Rupture (dust).
Because printing equipment side terminal is included within the elasticity of the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing equipment
Power is applied to box terminal, so need not provide similar in United States Patent (USP) 6, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.
In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal has an effect together to apply printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal
Pressure, and when the engagement between the first restricted part and bar is released from also by box along the direction shifting removed from printing equipment
It is dynamic.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides like that additional spring, this causes simpler structure
It is possibly realized with the cost for reducing.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part of bar, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will be formed by equipment side contacts
The elastic force of component is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the side contrary with installation direction
To being held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, they are firmly fixed and can not be along installation directions
And the direction both contrary with installation direction is moved.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40
Side limits and compares, and box terminal and equipment side contacts form the mispairing between component or the probability that disconnects is less.
Adaptations 1
Box (20) as above, wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at compared to close
Midpoint between the cross part and top (202) of anterior (203) and contact portion plane (TP) and the cross part of anterior (203)
(203p) closer at the position of contact portion (cp).
By the way that the bonding part of the first restricted part to be attached to the position compared to close midpoint closer to contact portion
Place, can well bring above-mentioned advantage.
Adaptations 2
Box (20) as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) angle between 25 degree to 40 degree of Cheng Yue.
As described in reference picture 42A- Figure 45, when contact portion plane relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288 into
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply to prevent the power of half insertion enough.
Adaptations 3
Box (20) as above, wherein, the observation box (20) in the state of facing down in liquid Supply Structure (280)
When anterior (203), the rightmost side terminal of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) positioned at multiple terminals (431-439)
(439) left side of the extended line (439PL) of right hand edge (439p) and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminals (431-439)
(435) right side of the extended line (435PL) of left hand edge (435p).
When box is installed on printing equipment, such as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then itself and equipment side contacts shape
Contact into the part (such as the terminal 734 in Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with it is many
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of individual terminal and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminals (400), box can be enough
Ground is inclined so that the electrical contact that multiple terminals and equipment side contacts are formed between component can even more stablize.
Adaptations 4
Box (20) as above, wherein, bonding part is suitable for being engaged with rotatable bar, and rotatable bar has first
Pivotal point above the bonding part (212) of bonding part (210).
When rotatable bar has the pivotal point above the bonding part of the first bonding part, bar is used for the fortune of constrained box
It is dynamic.The bonding part for this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases the probability of locking or disengaging, thus multiple terminals with
Contact is formed and produce between component stable electrical connection, and reduces poor successional probability.When power is formed from contact
When component is applied to mounted box, the first restricted part can be moved around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the first restricted part
Bonding part from the separate probability in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Box (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the rear portion of box (20) (204), this
Two restricted parts (220) are suitable for being engaged with the various pieces of printing equipment (50), wherein, when along with by leading edge (288)
The vertical orientation measurement of the plane (BP) of restriction apart from when, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by leading edge (288)
The distance between the plane (BP) of restriction (B) is more than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and by leading edge
(288) the distance between plane (BP) for limiting (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first restricted part de- from printing equipment side engagement part
From probability.
Adaptations 6
Box (20) as above, wherein, the second restricted part (220) is suitable for being rotated to from printing set in box (20)
As the pivotal point of rotation when the keeper of standby (50) is unloaded.
Adaptations 7
Box (20) as above, wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid
During prone angle observation box (20) of body Supply Structure (280), when along hanging down with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Straight orientation measurement apart from when, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane limited by leading edge (288)
The distance between (BP) (A) less than the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) when box (20) is mounted with limited by leading edge (288)
The distance between plane (BP) (C).
The distance between bonding part and plane limited by leading edge when the first restricted part in box less than being mounted
When bar the distance between pivotal point and the plane that limited by leading edge when, bar for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases the probability of locking or disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component in multiple terminals and contact
Stable electrical connection is produced, and reduces poor successional probability.When power by from contact formed component be applied to it is mounted
Box when, the first restricted part can around bar rotary shaft move.The bonding part of the first restricted part is this reduced from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 8
Box (20) as above, wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid
During prone angle observation box (20) of body Supply Structure (280), when box (20) is mounted, the first restricted part (210) connects
Part (212) is closed in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and liquid Supply Structure faces down
That unilateral observation box when the first restricted part bonding part at the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is on bar
Rotating torques are produced, rotary shaft of the bar around bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with locking is released.This reduce
The bonding part of one restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminals with
Equipment side contacts form the stable electrical connection between component.Even if in box reception, the first restricted part will be with box together
It is mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 9
Box (20) as above, wherein, when in prone state observation front portion (203) of liquid Supply Structure (280)
When, at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is when box (20) is mounted generally within box (20)
Width midway at.
By at least a portion basic bit that the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part for causing the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of box, the first restricted part is located at extremely at the position of multiple terminals, can cause multiple ends
The electrical connection that son and equipment side contacts are formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 10
Box (20) as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is substantially flush with bottom (201).
Adaptations 11
Box (20) as above, also including adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, the contact portion of terminal (400)
(cp) it is positioned on adapter with the first restricted part (210), and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to and is adapted to
Device coordinates.
Adaptations 12
The use of box (20) as above, wherein, the bonding part of box (20) and the movable bar of printing equipment (50)
(80) so that mode of the bar (80) with pivotal point square on the engagement portion is engaged.
Adaptations 13
A kind of box (20) and the combination of printing equipment (50), the combination includes：Box as above；And printing equipment
(50), it includes for the multiple equipment side contacts that elastic force (Pt) is applied to box (20) forming component (731-739), and has
The bar (80) of bonding part (810), the bonding part is suitable for the bonding part with first restricted part (210) of box (20)
(212) engage, with movement of the constrained box (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD).
Adaptations 14
Combination as above, wherein, pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) with two ends and in the middle of two ends,
And the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) is arranged on bonding part (212) top of first restricted part (210) of box (20).
When rotatable bar has the pivotal point above the bonding part of the first restricted part, bar is used for the fortune of constrained box
It is dynamic.The bonding part for this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases the probability of locking or disengaging, thus multiple terminals with
Contact is formed and produce between component stable electrical connection, and reduces poor successional probability.When power is formed from contact
When component is applied to mounted box, the first restricted part can be moved around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the first restricted part
Bonding part from the separate probability in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 15
Combination as above, wherein, the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) is arranged on the first restricted part of box (20)
(210) bonding part (212) right side.
When rotatable bar has the pivotal point on the right side of the bonding part of the first restricted part of box, the first restricted part
Rotating torques are produced on bar, rotary shaft of the bar around bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with locking is released.This subtracts
The bonding part of little first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple
What terminal and equipment side contacts formed between component stable electrically connects.Even if in box reception, the first restricted part will be with
Box is together moved.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar
Property.
G-8-5. the 5th change case
One kind is suitable for supplying liquid to the liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) of printing equipment (50), and printing sets
Standby (50) form component (731-739) including multiple equipment side contacts, and liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) includes：Electronics
Device；Fluid supply (200i, 200j, 200T)；Liquid Supply Structure (280), it is suitable for and is configured to liquid from liquid
Source (200i, 200j, 200T) is fed to printing equipment (50), and liquid Supply Structure (280) is with before on installation direction (SD)
Edge (288), leading edge defines plane (BP)；Adapter (299,299j, 299k), it has：Conductance electric terminal
(400), it is connected with electronic installation, and terminal (400) is arranged to when supply system (20i, 20j, 20k) supplies liquid to print
During brush equipment (50), contact portion (cp) place and the contact in terminal (400) forms component (731-739) and contacts and connect from it
Elastic force (Pt) is received, the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion is put down
Face is neither parallel nor perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)；And first restricted part (210), its
It is arranged on the front portion of adapter (203) and is suitable for engage with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), is existed with limit adaptation device
Motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the first restricted part (210) is orientated as and contact portion plane
(TP) it is neighbouring.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.Printing equipment is installed in adapter
While upper, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable electricity between adapter and printing equipment
Communication.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is orientated as with contact portion plane immediately, the first restricted part is determined
Position action occurs in the close position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) for needing most positioning.From the elasticity of equipment side terminal
Power can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the position movement of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation can
To be suppressed.Therefore, the positioning of terminal is more stable, thus keeps stablizing between adapter side terminal and equipment side terminal to be electrically connected
Connect.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with adapter, institute for manufacture adapter material can be used for manufacture bar
Material is different.It is also possible to pay close attention in the requirement for needing not worry about flexible and durability and more durable such as liquid
Property other characteristics in the state of select adapter material.
Additionally, because bar is not on adapter, need not be special in for transporting and being distributed the encapsulation of adapter
Note carrying out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar.This simplifies to encapsulate and require and improve the convenience for using.Because bar is not adaptation
The integral part of device, so adapter can be made less.This further allows for reducing for being packaged adapter
To carry out the size of the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transport and the distribution of adapter, thus desirably reduce transport and
Component costs.Equally, because bar with adapter one, compared to such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Described in structure, the first adapter lateral spacing system can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity
Part.This causes the probability of the elastic deformation for significantly reducing the first adapter side restriction element.Installing or disposing state
In, adapter can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains between box side terminal and equipment side terminal
Normal or good contact, and reduce the probability of poor telecommunication.Because the first adapter side restriction element can be with
With little size and simple structure, so not needing special attention to carry out anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
Plastic deformation, this is different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation to require and also change
It has been apt to the convenience for using.
The structure can be connected to each other box terminal with the bonding part of box, (rather than beautiful to become unique rigid structure
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal it is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) and also with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can suitably be wiped during box to be inserted into printing equipment.Additionally, the structure
Make and printing equipment side terminal and issuable insulation during circuit board long range scraping during the installation of box has been reduced or eliminated
Rupture (dust).
Because printing equipment side terminal is included within the elasticity of the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing equipment
Power is applied to box terminal, so need not provide similar in United States Patent (USP) 6, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.
In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal has an effect together to apply printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal
Pressure, and when the engagement between the first restricted part and bar is released from also by box along the direction shifting removed from printing equipment
It is dynamic.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides like that additional spring, this causes simpler structure
It is possibly realized with the cost for reducing.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for being engaged with the bonding part of bar, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will be formed by equipment side contacts
The elastic force of component is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the side contrary with installation direction
To being held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, they are firmly fixed and can not be along installation directions
And the direction both contrary with installation direction is moved.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40
Side limits and compares, and box terminal and equipment side contacts form the mispairing between component or the probability that disconnects is less.
Adaptations 1
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to by front
Angle between 25 degree to 40 degree of plane (BP) Cheng Yue that edge (288) is limited.
As described in reference picture 42A- Figure 45, when contact portion plane relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288 into
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply to prevent the power of half insertion enough.
Adaptations 2
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) as above, wherein, when facing down in liquid Supply Structure (280)
In the state of observation box (20) front when, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at multiple terminal (431-
439) left side of the extended line (439PL) of the right hand edge (439p) of rightmost side terminal (439) and multiple terminals (431-439)
Leftmost side terminal (435) left hand edge (435p) extended line (435PL) right side.
When box is installed on printing equipment, such as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then itself and equipment side contacts shape
Contact into the part (such as the terminal 734 in Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with it is many
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of individual terminal and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminals (400), box can be enough
Ground is inclined so that the electrical contact that multiple terminals and equipment side contacts are formed between component can even more stablize.
Adaptations 3
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) as above, second be additionally included on the rear portion of box (20) (204)
Restricted part (220), second restricted part (220) is suitable for being engaged with the various pieces of printing equipment (50), wherein, work as edge
The orientation measurement vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from when, the junction surface of the second restricted part (220)
Point it is more than the bonding part of the first restricted part (210) with the distance between the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) (B)
(212) the distance between the plane (BP) for and being limited by leading edge (288) (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from by front
It is farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part during edge limited plane
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first restricted part de- from printing equipment side engagement part
From probability.
Adaptations 4
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) as above, wherein, when the engagement from the first restricted part (210)
Partly (212) to the right and during prone angle observation box (20) of liquid Supply Structure (280), when along with by leading edge
(288) the vertical orientation measurement of plane (BP) for limiting apart from when, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with by
The pivotal point of the distance between the plane (BP) that leading edge (288) is limited (A) less than the bar (80) when box (20) is mounted
(800c) the distance between the plane (BP) for and being limited by leading edge (288) (C).
The distance between bonding part and plane limited by leading edge when the first restricted part in box less than being mounted
When bar the distance between pivotal point and the plane that limited by leading edge when, bar for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases the probability of locking or disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component in multiple terminals and contact
Stable electrical connection is produced, and reduces poor successional probability.When power by from contact formed component be applied to it is mounted
Box when, the first restricted part can around bar rotary shaft move.The bonding part of the first restricted part is this reduced from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) as above, wherein, when the engagement from the first restricted part (210)
Partly (212) to the right and during prone angle observation box (20) of liquid Supply Structure (280), when box (20) is mounted the
The bonding part (212) of one restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and liquid Supply Structure faces down
That unilateral observation box when the first restricted part bonding part at the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is on bar
Rotating torques are produced, rotary shaft of the bar around bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with locking is released.This reduce
The bonding part of one restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminals with
Equipment side contacts form the stable electrical connection between component.Even if in box reception, the first restricted part will be with box together
It is mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) as above, wherein, when facing down in liquid Supply Structure (280)
State observation adapter it is anterior when, at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in box (20)
At width midway when mounted generally within box (20).
By at least a portion basic bit that the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part for causing the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of box, the first restricted part is located at extremely at the position of multiple terminals, can cause multiple ends
The electrical connection that son and equipment side contacts are formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 7
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j) as above, also including container assemblies (200i, 200j), has wherein
Fluid supply and be suitable for and adapter coordinate.
Adaptations 8
Liquid delivery system (20j) as above, wherein, liquid Supply Structure (280) is arranged on container assemblies
(200j) on.
Adaptations 9
Liquid delivery system (20k) as above, also includes：Wherein there is the tank (200T) of fluid supply；With liquid
The minor adaptations (200S) of Supply Structure (280)；And the pipeline (200L) for being connected tank with minor adaptations.
It should be appreciated that feature described herein can be of the combination of a part, box and the printing equipment of box itself
Point, or in other words, when box be installed to be suitable for by ink or other printing materials provide in the system of printing equipment and/
Or during as one part, all without departing from the scope of the present invention.
The fact that describe herein in relation to any portion of various aspects of the invention may adapt to above-mentioned various changes
Change any of example.
It will be recognized by those skilled in the art the present invention there can be many applications, can be implemented in a variety of ways,
And therefore it is not limited to the restriction of previous embodiment and example.Any number of feature of different embodiments described herein can
In to be incorporated into single embodiment and alternative embodiment with feature more more or less than whole features described herein.It is whole
Body or partly, function can also between multiple components with it is any known or will known mode distribute.
Those skilled in the art will be appreciated that can be changed for examples described above, without departing from its broad sense
Creative concept.It is therefore understood that the present invention is not limited to disclosed specific embodiment, but it is intended to cover by right
Require the modification in the spirit and scope of the present invention of restriction.Although the foundation characteristic for having shown that and describing the present invention should
In using example embodiment it should be appreciated that form and details that can be by those skilled in the art to present invention disclosed
Omissions, substitutions and changes are carried out, without departing from the scope of the present invention.Additionally, as understood by a person skilled in the art, it is of the invention
Scope covers changing and modifications for conventionally known, the further development for component described herein.Therefore, the present invention only by
It is limited to scope as defined in the claims.It should be appreciated that claim is intended to cover all the one of the present invention disclosed herein
As and specific characteristic, and whole statements (it is language issues) of the scope of the present invention can fall into wherein.
Claims (55)
1. a kind of print cartridge on keeper for installation into ink-jet printing apparatus, the keeper includes multiple equipment side contacts
Component is formed, the plurality of equipment side contacts form component and are configured to when the print cartridge forms component to the equipment side contacts
Apply elastic force to the print cartridge during pressure, the keeper also includes head and bar, and the bar is configured to when the print cartridge is pacified
Move relative to the keeper when being attached on the keeper, the bar also includes bonding part, the print cartridge includes：
Ink chamber；
Ink feed structure, the ink feed structure is configured to for ink to be fed to the head from the ink chamber, described
Ink feed structure has the leading edge on installation direction, and the leading edge defines the plane of the print cartridge；
First restricted part, first restricted part includes the junction surface for being configured to be engaged with the bonding part of the bar
Point, to limit motion of the print cartridge on the direction contrary with the installation direction；
Second restricted part, second restricted part includes being configured to be engaged with the various pieces of the ink-jet printing apparatus
Bonding part；And
Wherein, the print cartridge is configured in the mistake that the print cartridge is installed to the keeper or is unloaded from the keeper
Rotate around second restricted part in journey, and when along the direction survey vertical with the plane limited by the leading edge
Span from when, the distance between the bonding part of second restricted part and the plane that limited by the leading edge are more than
The distance between the bonding part of first restricted part and the plane that limited by the leading edge.
2. print cartridge according to claim 1, when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and the ink
Described in prone that unilateral observation of Supply Structure during print cartridge, wherein the rotation that the print cartridge is installed on the keeper is suitable
Hour hands are rotated, and the print cartridge is to rotate counterclockwise from the rotation that the keeper is unloaded.
3. print cartridge according to claim 2, wherein, the print cartridge is configured to the bar applying power, when from described
The bonding part of one restricted part is described to the right and described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure during print cartridge
Power includes the vector components of right direction and the vector components of upward direction, and the upward direction is contrary with the installation direction.
4. print cartridge according to claim 3, wherein, when to the right and described from the bonding part of first restricted part
Described in prone that unilateral observation of ink feed structure during print cartridge, the bonding part of first restricted part is in the bar
The lower left side of pivotal point, and
Wherein, when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and prone that side of the ink feed structure
When observing the print cartridge, the left side of the bonding part of second restricted part in the bonding part of first restricted part.
5. print cartridge according to claim 4, wherein, the bonding part of second restricted part is configured to and the spray
The various pieces engagement of ink print equipment, to limit motion of the print cartridge on the direction contrary with the installation direction.
6. print cartridge according to claim 5, wherein, the elastic force includes power upwards, and the power upwards is to work as institute
State print cartridge to be formed when component presses and worked as from the bonding part of first restricted part to the right simultaneously to the equipment side contacts
And described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure during print cartridge with the installation direction rightabout on power.
7. print cartridge according to claim 6, wherein, the keeper also includes printing material supply pipe, and is arranged on institute
The elastomeric element around printing material supply pipe is stated,
Wherein, it is installed in the installment state of the keeper in the print cartridge, the ink feed structure is configured to be subject to
From elastomeric element applying and the rightabout power of the installation direction.
8. print cartridge according to claim 7, also including circuit board, and wherein, the elastic force is applied to the print cartridge
The circuit board on.
9. print cartridge according to claim 1, wherein, the print cartridge is configured to the bar applying power, when from described
The bonding part of one restricted part is described to the right and described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure during print cartridge
Power includes the vector components of right direction and the vector components of upward direction, and the upward direction is contrary with the installation direction.
10. print cartridge according to claim 1, wherein, when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and institute
When stating print cartridge described in prone that unilateral observation of ink feed structure, the bonding part of first restricted part is in the bar
Pivotal point lower left side, and
Wherein, when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and prone that side of the ink feed structure
When observing the print cartridge, the left side of the bonding part of second restricted part in the bonding part of first restricted part.
11. print cartridges according to claim 1, wherein, the bonding part of second restricted part be configured to it is described
The various pieces engagement of ink-jet printing apparatus, to limit motion of the print cartridge on the direction contrary with the installation direction.
12. print cartridges according to claim 1, wherein, the elastic force includes power upwards, and the power upwards is to work as institute
State print cartridge to be formed when component presses and worked as from the bonding part of first restricted part to the right simultaneously to the equipment side contacts
And described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure during print cartridge with the installation direction rightabout on power.
13. print cartridges according to claim 1, wherein, the keeper also includes printing material supply pipe, and is arranged on institute
The elastomeric element around printing material supply pipe is stated,
Wherein, it is installed in the installment state of the keeper in the print cartridge, the ink feed structure is configured to be subject to
From elastomeric element applying and the rightabout power of the installation direction.
14. print cartridges according to claim 1, also including circuit board, and wherein, the elastic force is applied to the print cartridge
The circuit board on.
Adapter on a kind of 15. keepers for installation into ink-jet printing apparatus, the keeper includes multiple equipment side
Contact forms component, and the plurality of equipment side contacts form component and are configured to when the adapter is to the equipment side contacts shape
Apply elastic force to the adapter when pressing into component, the keeper also includes head and bar, and the bar is configured to work as institute
State and moved relative to the keeper when adapter is installed on the keeper, the bar also includes bonding part, described suitable
Orchestration includes：
Ink feed structure, the ink feed structure has the leading edge on installation direction；
First restricted part, first restricted part includes the junction surface for being configured to be engaged with the bonding part of the bar
Point, to limit motion of the adapter on the direction contrary with the installation direction；
Second restricted part, second restricted part includes being configured to be engaged with the various pieces of the ink-jet printing apparatus
Bonding part；And
Wherein, the adapter is configured to the adapter is being installed to into the keeper or is being unloaded from the keeper
During rotate around second restricted part, and when surveying along the direction vertical with the plane limited by the leading edge
Span from when, the distance between the bonding part of second restricted part and the plane that limited by the leading edge are more than
The distance between the bonding part of first restricted part and the plane that limited by the leading edge.
16. adapters according to claim 15, when to the right and described from the bonding part of first restricted part
Described in prone that unilateral observation of ink feed structure during adapter, wherein the adapter is installed on the keeper
Rotation is to rotate clockwise, and the adapter is to rotate counterclockwise from the rotation that the keeper is unloaded.
17. adapters according to claim 15, wherein, the adapter is configured to the bar applying power, when from
The bonding part of first restricted part is adapted to the right and described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure
During device, the power includes the vector components of right direction and the vector components of upward direction, the upward direction and the installation
It is in opposite direction.
18. adapters according to claim 16, wherein, when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and
Described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure during adapter, the bonding part of first restricted part is in institute
The lower left side of the pivotal point of bar is stated, and
Wherein, when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and prone that side of the ink feed structure
When observing the adapter, the left side of the bonding part of second restricted part in the bonding part of first restricted part
Side.
19. adapters according to claim 17, wherein, the bonding part of second restricted part is configured to and institute
The various pieces engagement of ink-jet printing apparatus is stated, to limit fortune of the adapter on the direction contrary with the installation direction
It is dynamic.
20. adapters according to claim 18, wherein, the elastic force includes power upwards, and the power upwards is
When the adapter is formed when component presses and when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the equipment side contacts
To the right and described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure during adapter with the installation direction phase negative side
Power upwards.
21. adapters according to claim 19, wherein, the keeper also includes printing material supply pipe, and arranges
Elastomeric element around the printing material supply pipe,
Wherein, it is installed in the installment state of the keeper in the adapter, the ink feed structure is configured to receive
To applying from the elastomeric element and the rightabout power of the installation direction.
22. adapters according to claim 20, also including circuit board, and wherein, the elastic force is applied to circuit
On.
23. adapters according to claim 15, wherein, when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and
Described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure during adapter, the bonding part of first restricted part is in institute
The lower left side of the pivotal point of bar is stated, and
Wherein, when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and prone that side of the ink feed structure
When observing the adapter, the left side of the bonding part of second restricted part in the bonding part of first restricted part
Side.
24. adapters according to claim 15, wherein, the bonding part of second restricted part is configured to and institute
The various pieces engagement of ink-jet printing apparatus is stated, to limit fortune of the adapter on the direction contrary with the installation direction
It is dynamic.
25. adapters according to claim 15, wherein, the elastic force includes power upwards, and the power upwards is
When the adapter is formed when component presses and when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the equipment side contacts
To the right and described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure during adapter with the installation direction phase negative side
Power upwards.
26. adapters according to claim 15, wherein, the keeper also includes printing material supply pipe, and arranges
Elastomeric element around the printing material supply pipe,
Wherein, it is installed in the installment state of the keeper in the adapter, the ink feed structure is configured to receive
To applying from the elastomeric element and the rightabout power of the installation direction.
27. adapters according to claim 15, also including circuit board, and wherein, the elastic force is applied to described
On circuit board.
Adapter on a kind of 28. keepers for being configured to be installed to ink-jet printing apparatus, the adapter has containing ink
The container assemblies of Supply Structure, the keeper includes that multiple equipment side contacts form component, the plurality of equipment side contacts shape
It is configured to apply elasticity to the adapter when the adapter is formed when component presses to the equipment side contacts into component
Power, the keeper also includes head and bar, and the bar is configured to relative when the adapter is installed on the keeper
In keeper movement, the bar also includes bonding part, and the adapter includes：
Opening, it is described to be open for the ink feed structure with the leading edge on installation direction；
First restricted part, first restricted part includes the junction surface for being configured to be engaged with the bonding part of the bar
Point, to limit motion of the adapter on the direction contrary with the installation direction；
Second restricted part, second restricted part includes being configured to be engaged with the various pieces of the ink-jet printing apparatus
Bonding part；And
Wherein, the adapter is configured to the adapter is being installed to into the keeper or is being unloaded from the keeper
During rotate around second restricted part, and when surveying along the direction vertical with the plane limited by the leading edge
Span from when, the distance between the bonding part of second restricted part and the plane that limited by the leading edge are more than
The distance between the bonding part of first restricted part and the plane that limited by the leading edge.
29. adapters according to claim 28, when to the right and described from the bonding part of first restricted part
Described in prone that unilateral observation of ink feed structure during adapter, wherein the adapter is installed on the keeper
Rotation is to rotate clockwise, and the adapter is to rotate counterclockwise from the rotation that the keeper is unloaded.
30. adapters according to claim 29, wherein, the adapter is configured to the bar applying power, when from
The bonding part of first restricted part is adapted to the right and described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure
During device, the power includes the vector components of right direction and the vector components of upward direction, the upward direction and the installation
It is in opposite direction.
31. adapters according to claim 30, wherein, when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and
Described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure during adapter, the bonding part of first restricted part is in institute
State the lower left side of the pivotal point of bar, and wherein, when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and the ink
Described in prone that unilateral observation of Supply Structure during adapter, the bonding part of second restricted part is in the described first limit
The left side of the bonding part of part processed.
32. adapters according to claim 31, wherein, the bonding part of second restricted part is configured to and institute
The various pieces engagement of ink-jet printing apparatus is stated, to limit fortune of the adapter on the direction contrary with the installation direction
It is dynamic.
33. adapters according to claim 32, wherein, the elastic force includes power upwards, and the power upwards is
When the adapter is formed when component presses and when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the equipment side contacts
To the right and described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure during adapter with the installation direction phase negative side
Power upwards.
34. adapters according to claim 33, wherein, the keeper also includes printing material supply pipe, and arranges
Elastomeric element around the printing material supply pipe,
Wherein, it is installed in the installment state of the keeper in the adapter, the ink feed structure is configured to receive
To applying from the elastomeric element and the rightabout power of the installation direction.
35. adapters according to claim 34, also including circuit board, and wherein, the elastic force is applied to described
On circuit board.
36. adapters according to claim 28, wherein, the adapter is configured to the bar applying power, when from
The bonding part of first restricted part is adapted to the right and described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure
During device, the power includes the vector components of right direction and the vector components of upward direction, the upward direction and the installation
It is in opposite direction.
37. adapters according to claim 28, wherein, when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and
Described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure during adapter, the bonding part of first restricted part is in institute
The lower left side of the pivotal point of bar is stated, and
Wherein, when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and prone that side of the ink feed structure
When observing the adapter, the left side of the bonding part of second restricted part in the bonding part of first restricted part
Side.
38. adapters according to claim 28, wherein, the bonding part of second restricted part is configured to and institute
The various pieces engagement of ink-jet printing apparatus is stated, to limit fortune of the adapter on the direction contrary with the installation direction
It is dynamic.
39. adapters according to claim 28, wherein, the elastic force includes power upwards, and the power upwards is
When the adapter is formed when component presses and when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the equipment side contacts
To the right and described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure during adapter with the installation direction phase negative side
Power upwards.
40. adapters according to claim 28, wherein, the keeper also includes printing material supply pipe, and arranges
Elastomeric element around the printing material supply pipe,
Wherein, it is installed in the installment state of the keeper in the adapter, the ink feed structure is configured to receive
To applying from the elastomeric element and the rightabout power of the installation direction.
41. adapters according to claim 28, also including circuit board, and wherein, the elastic force is applied to described
On circuit board.
Adapter on a kind of 42. keepers for being configured to be installed to ink-jet printing apparatus, the adapter is used as with appearance
The print cartridge of device assembly, the keeper includes that multiple equipment side contacts form component, and the plurality of equipment side contacts form component
It is configured to apply elastic force, the holding to the print cartridge when the print cartridge is formed when component presses to the equipment side contacts
Part also includes head and bar, and the bar is configured to be moved relative to the keeper when the print cartridge is installed on the keeper
Dynamic, the bar also includes bonding part,
The adapter includes the first restricted part, and first restricted part includes being configured to the bonding part with the bar
The bonding part of engagement, to limit motion of the print cartridge on the direction contrary with the installation direction；
The container assemblies include the second restricted part, and second restricted part includes being configured to be set with the ink jet printing
The bonding part of standby various pieces engagement, the container assemblies also include ink feed structure, the ink feed structure tool
There is the leading edge on the installation direction of the plane for limiting the print cartridge；And
Wherein, the print cartridge is configured in the mistake that the print cartridge is installed to the keeper or is unloaded from the keeper
Rotate around second restricted part in journey, and when along the direction survey vertical with the plane limited by the leading edge
Span from when, the distance between the bonding part of second restricted part and the plane that limited by the leading edge are more than
The distance between the bonding part of first restricted part and the plane that limited by the leading edge.
43. adapters according to claim 42, when to the right and described from the bonding part of first restricted part
Described in prone that unilateral observation of ink feed structure during print cartridge, wherein the print cartridge is installed to the rotation on the keeper
It is to rotate clockwise, and the print cartridge is to rotate counterclockwise from the rotation that the keeper is unloaded.
44. adapters according to claim 43, wherein, the print cartridge is configured to the bar applying power, when from institute
The bonding part of the first restricted part is stated to the right and described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure during print cartridge,
The power includes the vector components of right direction and the vector components of upward direction, the upward direction and the installation direction phase
Instead.
45. adapters according to claim 44, wherein, when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and
Described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure during print cartridge, the bonding part of first restricted part is described
The lower left side of the pivotal point of bar, and
Wherein, when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and prone that side of the ink feed structure
When observing the print cartridge, the left side of the bonding part of second restricted part in the bonding part of first restricted part.
46. adapters according to claim 45, wherein, the bonding part of second restricted part is configured to and institute
The various pieces engagement of ink-jet printing apparatus is stated, to limit fortune of the print cartridge on the direction contrary with the installation direction
It is dynamic.
47. adapters according to claim 46, wherein, the elastic force includes power upwards, and the power upwards is
When the print cartridge to the equipment side contacts formed component press when and when from the bonding part of first restricted part to
Described in prone that unilateral observation of the right and ink feed structure during print cartridge with the installation direction rightabout on
Power.
48. adapters according to claim 47, wherein, the keeper also includes printing material supply pipe, and arranges
Elastomeric element around the printing material supply pipe,
Wherein, it is installed in the installment state of the keeper in the print cartridge, the ink feed structure is configured to be subject to
From elastomeric element applying and the rightabout power of the installation direction.
49. adapters according to claim 48, also including circuit board, and wherein, the elastic force is applied to described
On circuit board.
50. adapters according to claim 42, wherein, the print cartridge is configured to the bar applying power, when from institute
The bonding part of the first restricted part is stated to the right and described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure during print cartridge,
The power includes the vector components of right direction and the vector components of upward direction, the upward direction and the installation direction phase
Instead.
51. adapters according to claim 42, wherein, when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and
Described in prone that unilateral observation of the ink feed structure during print cartridge, the bonding part of first restricted part is described
The lower left side of the pivotal point of bar, and
Wherein, when from the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and prone that side of the ink feed structure
When observing the print cartridge, the left side of the bonding part of second restricted part in the bonding part of first restricted part.
52. adapters according to claim 42, wherein, the bonding part of second restricted part is configured to and institute
The various pieces engagement of ink-jet printing apparatus is stated, to limit fortune of the print cartridge on the direction contrary with the installation direction
It is dynamic.
53. adapters according to claim 42, wherein, the elastic force includes power upwards, and the power upwards is
When the print cartridge to the equipment side contacts formed component press when and when from the bonding part of first restricted part to
Described in prone that unilateral observation of the right and ink feed structure during print cartridge with the installation direction rightabout on
Power.
54. adapters according to claim 42, wherein, the keeper also includes printing material supply pipe, and arranges
Elastomeric element around the printing material supply pipe,
Wherein, it is installed in the installment state of the keeper in the adapter, the ink feed structure is configured to receive
To applying from the elastomeric element and the rightabout power of the installation direction.
55. adapters according to claim 42, also including circuit board, and wherein, the elastic force is applied to described
On circuit board.
Applications Claiming Priority (19)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2012003653 | 2012-01-12 | ||
| JP2012-003694 | 2012-01-12 | ||
| JP2012-003652 | 2012-01-12 | ||
| JP2012-003653 | 2012-01-12 | ||
| JP2012-003698 | 2012-01-12 | ||
| JP2012003694 | 2012-01-12 | ||
| JP2012003652 | 2012-01-12 | ||
| JP2012003698 | 2012-01-12 | ||
| JPPCT/JP2012/001395 | 2012-03-01 | ||
| PCT/JP2012/001395 WO2013105142A1 (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-03-01 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| US13/410,478 US8297739B1 (en) | 2012-03-02 | 2012-03-02 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| US13/410,461 | 2012-03-02 | ||
| US13/410,478 | 2012-03-02 | ||
| US13/410,528 | 2012-03-02 | ||
| US13/410,461 US8297738B1 (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-03-02 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| US13/410,528 US8439482B1 (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-03-02 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| JP2012-189836 | 2012-08-30 | ||
| JP2012189836A JP2013163364A (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-08-30 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| CN201280003040.0A CN103370203B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Box and printing material supply system |
Related Parent Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201280003040.0A Division CN103370203B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Box and printing material supply system |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CN104723691A CN104723691A (en) | 2015-06-24 |
| CN104723691B true CN104723691B (en) | 2017-05-03 |
Family
ID=49370141
Family Applications (4)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201510102395.0A Expired - Fee Related CN104723691B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| CN201310331964.XA Expired - Fee Related CN103481666B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| CN201280003040.0A Expired - Fee Related CN103370203B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Box and printing material supply system |
| CN201610630627.4A Active CN106240160B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Box and printing material supply system |
Family Applications After (3)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201310331964.XA Expired - Fee Related CN103481666B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| CN201280003040.0A Expired - Fee Related CN103370203B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Box and printing material supply system |
| CN201610630627.4A Active CN106240160B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Box and printing material supply system |
Country Status (22)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (3) | EP2802459B1 (en) |
| KR (2) | KR101560068B1 (en) |
| CN (4) | CN104723691B (en) |
| AR (1) | AR089713A1 (en) |
| AU (2) | AU2012367439B2 (en) |
| BR (1) | BR112013006690A2 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2806705C (en) |
| CL (1) | CL2014000624A1 (en) |
| DE (1) | DE202013000268U1 (en) |
| ES (3) | ES2741317T3 (en) |
| GB (1) | GB2499105B (en) |
| HK (2) | HK1187307A1 (en) |
| IL (1) | IL231002A0 (en) |
| IT (1) | ITTO20130019A1 (en) |
| MX (1) | MX2013003348A (en) |
| PE (1) | PE20141866A1 (en) |
| PL (1) | PL2614960T3 (en) |
| RU (1) | RU2604791C2 (en) |
| SG (3) | SG2014008221A (en) |
| TW (2) | TWI566954B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2013105195A1 (en) |
| ZA (1) | ZA201401028B (en) |
Families Citing this family (13)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| ITTO20130195A1 (en) * | 2013-03-12 | 2013-06-11 | Fameccanica Data Spa | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCONTINUOUS APPLICATION BY QUANTITY OF CONTROLLED GRANULES OF ABSORBENT MATERIAL |
| JP6232932B2 (en) * | 2013-10-31 | 2017-11-22 | ブラザー工業株式会社 | Roll mechanism with shaft, tape cartridge |
| JP6202052B2 (en) * | 2014-08-29 | 2017-09-27 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Liquid supply unit |
| JP6528564B2 (en) * | 2014-08-29 | 2019-06-12 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Liquid supply unit |
| EP3064359A1 (en) * | 2015-03-06 | 2016-09-07 | Pelikan Hardcopy Production AG | Printing material container or adapter for a printing material container |
| JP2016187877A (en) * | 2015-03-30 | 2016-11-04 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Cartridge and liquid jetting system |
| CN205044309U (en) * | 2015-08-24 | 2016-02-24 | 珠海纳思达企业管理有限公司 | Ink horn that fastening is decided ink horn and is connected with ink horn portion of keeping |
| CN106739531B (en) * | 2017-01-11 | 2019-03-12 | 珠海欣威科技有限公司 | The print cartridge positioned by lever |
| DE102017102529B4 (en) | 2017-02-09 | 2020-07-16 | Canon Production Printing Holding B.V. | Inkjet printer |
| CN109591458B (en) * | 2018-11-28 | 2020-07-24 | 郑州新世纪数码科技股份有限公司 | Ink tube flat cable fixing device |
| JP7275604B2 (en) * | 2019-01-31 | 2023-05-18 | 株式会社リコー | Mobile object, equipment for ejecting liquid |
| CN110027324A (en) * | 2019-05-06 | 2019-07-19 | 珠海艾派克微电子有限公司 | Nozzle print cartridge, inkjet component and circuit substrate |
| CN110515286B (en) * | 2019-08-27 | 2024-05-10 | 珠海天威飞马打印耗材有限公司 | Developer supply container |
Family Cites Families (40)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4907018A (en) * | 1988-11-21 | 1990-03-06 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Printhead-carriage alignment and electrical interconnect lock-in mechanism |
| CA1304983C (en) * | 1987-10-23 | 1992-07-14 | David W. Pinkernell | Printhead-carriage alignment and electrical interconnect lock-in mechanism |
| JP3582592B2 (en) | 2001-04-03 | 2004-10-27 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Ink cartridge and inkjet recording device |
| US5646665A (en) * | 1993-04-30 | 1997-07-08 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Side biased datum scheme for inkjet cartridge and carriage |
| DE69528778T3 (en) * | 1994-08-24 | 2009-12-24 | Canon K.K. | Ink tank for inkjet printer, holder for the container, carriage for the holder and inkjet printer |
| US6074042A (en) | 1997-06-04 | 2000-06-13 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Ink container having a guide feature for insuring reliable fluid, air and electrical connections to a printing system |
| EP0997297B1 (en) | 1998-05-18 | 2003-05-14 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Ink-jet recorder and ink cartridge |
| KR100375690B1 (en) * | 1999-11-16 | 2003-03-17 | 주식회사 잉크테크 | Appliance for fixing ink cartridge |
| TW541247B (en) * | 2000-01-31 | 2003-07-11 | Hewlett Packard Co | Latch and handle arrangement for a replaceable ink container |
| US6276780B1 (en) | 2000-06-19 | 2001-08-21 | Xerox Corporation | Fail-safe ink tank latching system |
| CN1899833A (en) * | 2000-10-11 | 2007-01-24 | 精工爱普生株式会社 | Ink cartridge and inkjet printer |
| CN1188283C (en) * | 2000-10-11 | 2005-02-09 | 精工爱普生株式会社 | Ink box and ink jet printing machine |
| US6644780B2 (en) * | 2001-03-24 | 2003-11-11 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Carriage with clamping device for reliable mounting of printheads |
| JP2003053999A (en) | 2001-08-22 | 2003-02-26 | Brother Ind Ltd | Imaging apparatus |
| JP3783585B2 (en) | 2001-07-13 | 2006-06-07 | ブラザー工業株式会社 | Ink cartridge and ink jet recording apparatus |
| CA2379725C (en) | 2001-04-03 | 2007-06-12 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Ink cartridge |
| JP2004122487A (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2004-04-22 | Canon Inc | Liquid tank and tank holder, head cartridge, recorder, method for mounting/demounting tank |
| GB2395684B (en) | 2002-11-26 | 2005-06-08 | Seiko Epson Corp | Ink cartridge and recording apparatus |
| JP3624950B2 (en) * | 2002-11-26 | 2005-03-02 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | ink cartridge |
| CN2589199Y (en) * | 2002-12-27 | 2003-12-03 | 嘉兴天马打印机耗材有限公司 | Cartridge filling supporting structure |
| US7384124B2 (en) | 2003-01-17 | 2008-06-10 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Carriage for ink cartridge of image forming apparatus |
| JP2005131927A (en) | 2003-10-30 | 2005-05-26 | Seiko Epson Corp | Liquid jetting apparatus and its liquid container |
| JP4058434B2 (en) * | 2003-12-26 | 2008-03-12 | キヤノン株式会社 | Ink storage container, method for manufacturing the same, and printer system |
| JP4058436B2 (en) * | 2003-12-26 | 2008-03-12 | キヤノン株式会社 | Ink storage container |
| MXPA04012681A (en) * | 2003-12-26 | 2005-07-01 | Canon Kk | Liquid container and liquid supplying system. |
| US7384116B2 (en) * | 2004-10-20 | 2008-06-10 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Liquid container and ink jet printing apparatus |
| JP4613667B2 (en) * | 2005-03-31 | 2011-01-19 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Liquid detection device, liquid container, and manufacturing method of liquid detection device |
| JP4144637B2 (en) * | 2005-12-26 | 2008-09-03 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Printing material container, substrate, printing apparatus, and method for preparing printing material container |
| DE102006036716B3 (en) * | 2006-06-02 | 2007-09-27 | Artech Gmbh Design + Production In Plastic | Printer e.g. inkjet printer, retrofitting device, has cartridge retaining device to retain replaceable original ink cartridges, and locking pin to lock fastener in fastening position when insert-ink cartridge is attached in retaining device |
| JP5288743B2 (en) * | 2006-08-23 | 2013-09-11 | キヤノン株式会社 | Ink tank and ink jet recording apparatus |
| DE102008009460A1 (en) * | 2008-02-15 | 2009-08-20 | Pelikan Hardcopy Production Ag | Ink cartridge with printed circuit board element |
| US8091993B2 (en) * | 2008-05-22 | 2012-01-10 | Videojet Technologies Inc. | Ink containment system and ink level sensing system for an inkjet cartridge |
| JP2012001395A (en) | 2010-06-17 | 2012-01-05 | Shimizu Corp | High-strength concrete |
| JP5573402B2 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2014-08-20 | 株式会社リコー | CONFERENCE SUPPORT DEVICE, CONFERENCE SUPPORT METHOD, CONFERENCE SUPPORT PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM |
| JP5465105B2 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2014-04-09 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Computer system, computer program, and pipeline processing method |
| JP5442541B2 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2014-03-12 | 日本電信電話株式会社 | WEB information acquisition method and apparatus |
| JP5585235B2 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2014-09-10 | 富士通株式会社 | Storage control device, storage control method, storage system |
| JP5569475B2 (en) * | 2010-09-03 | 2014-08-13 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Liquid container and liquid ejecting apparatus |
| JP5720148B2 (en) * | 2010-09-03 | 2015-05-20 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Printing material cartridge and printing material supply system |
| JP2012189836A (en) | 2011-03-11 | 2012-10-04 | Canon Inc | Projection device |
-
2012
- 2012-03-01 GB GB1300618.4A patent/GB2499105B/en active Active
- 2012-12-26 MX MX2013003348A patent/MX2013003348A/en unknown
- 2012-12-26 KR KR1020137007170A patent/KR101560068B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2012-12-26 CN CN201510102395.0A patent/CN104723691B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-12-26 BR BR112013006690A patent/BR112013006690A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2012-12-26 SG SG2014008221A patent/SG2014008221A/en unknown
- 2012-12-26 SG SG10201505419YA patent/SG10201505419YA/en unknown
- 2012-12-26 CN CN201310331964.XA patent/CN103481666B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-12-26 CN CN201280003040.0A patent/CN103370203B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-12-26 CN CN201610630627.4A patent/CN106240160B/en active Active
- 2012-12-26 CA CA2806705A patent/CA2806705C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-12-26 ES ES12823217T patent/ES2741317T3/en active Active
- 2012-12-26 SG SG10201710233UA patent/SG10201710233UA/en unknown
- 2012-12-26 WO PCT/JP2012/008314 patent/WO2013105195A1/en active Application Filing
- 2012-12-26 PE PE2014000319A patent/PE20141866A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2012-12-26 RU RU2013112679/12A patent/RU2604791C2/en active
- 2012-12-26 KR KR1020147006397A patent/KR101913890B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2012-12-26 AU AU2012367439A patent/AU2012367439B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2012-12-26 EP EP12823217.0A patent/EP2802459B1/en active Active
-
2013
- 2013-01-11 ES ES13150956T patent/ES2531151T3/en active Active
- 2013-01-11 EP EP13150956.4A patent/EP2614960B1/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2013-01-11 IT IT000019A patent/ITTO20130019A1/en unknown
- 2013-01-11 TW TW102101228A patent/TWI566954B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2013-01-11 ES ES13174669.5T patent/ES2543792T3/en active Active
- 2013-01-11 DE DE202013000268U patent/DE202013000268U1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2013-01-11 EP EP20130174669 patent/EP2653316B1/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2013-01-11 AR ARP130100102A patent/AR089713A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-01-11 PL PL13150956T patent/PL2614960T3/en unknown
- 2013-01-11 TW TW105134322A patent/TWI637859B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2013-03-28 AU AU2013202147A patent/AU2013202147B8/en not_active Ceased
-
2014
- 2014-01-10 HK HK14100270.5A patent/HK1187307A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2014-01-28 HK HK14100896.9A patent/HK1187863A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2014-02-10 ZA ZA2014/01028A patent/ZA201401028B/en unknown
- 2014-02-17 IL IL231002A patent/IL231002A0/en unknown
- 2014-03-14 CL CL2014000624A patent/CL2014000624A1/en unknown
Also Published As
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CN104723691B (en) | Cartridge and printing material supply system | |
| CN104760419B (en) | Box and printing material supply system | |
| CN103204006B (en) | Printing apparatus and printing material supply system | |
| JP6443480B2 (en) | cartridge | |
| US8297739B1 (en) | Cartridge and printing material supply system | |
| US8974044B2 (en) | Cartridge and printing material supply system | |
| JP2013141805A (en) | Printing apparatus, and printing material supplying system | |
| JP5888362B2 (en) | Printing apparatus and printing material supply system | |
| CA2915590A1 (en) | Cartridge and printing material supply system | |
| JP2013163374A (en) | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| C06 | Publication | ||
| PB01 | Publication | ||
| C10 | Entry into substantive examination | ||
| SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination | ||
| GR01 | Patent grant | ||
| GR01 | Patent grant | ||
| CF01 | Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee | ||
| CF01 | Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee |
Granted publication date: 20170503 Termination date: 20211226 |